Initial commit

This commit is contained in:
Thomas Klaehn
2019-10-09 13:45:38 +02:00
commit 2461dbfb92
117 changed files with 68364 additions and 0 deletions

692
driverlib/adc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,692 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// adc.c
//
// Driver for the ADC module.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup ADC_Analog_to_Digital_Converter_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include "inc/hw_types.h"
#include "inc/hw_memmap.h"
#include "inc/hw_ints.h"
#include "inc/hw_adc.h"
#include "inc/hw_apps_config.h"
#include "interrupt.h"
#include "adc.h"
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables the ADC
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//!
//! This function sets the ADC global enable
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCEnable(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Set the global enable bit in the control register.
//
HWREG(ulBase + ADC_O_ADC_CTRL) |= 0x1;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disable the ADC
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//!
//! This function clears the ADC global enable
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCDisable(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Clear the global enable bit in the control register.
//
HWREG(ulBase + ADC_O_ADC_CTRL) &= ~0x1 ;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables specified ADC channel
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//! \param ulChannel is one of the valid ADC channels
//!
//! This function enables specified ADC channel and configures the
//! pin as analog pin.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCChannelEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel)
{
unsigned long ulCh;
ulCh = (ulChannel == ADC_CH_0)? 0x02 :
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_1)? 0x04 :
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_2)? 0x08 : 0x10;
HWREG(ulBase + ADC_O_ADC_CH_ENABLE) |= ulCh;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables specified ADC channel
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//! \param ulChannel is one of the valid ADC channelsber
//!
//! This function disables specified ADC channel.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCChannelDisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel)
{
unsigned long ulCh;
ulCh = (ulChannel == ADC_CH_0)? 0x02 :
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_1)? 0x04 :
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_2)? 0x08 : 0x10;
HWREG(ulBase + ADC_O_ADC_CH_ENABLE) &= ~ulCh;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables and registers ADC interrupt handler for specified channel
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//! \param ulChannel is one of the valid ADC channels
//! \param pfnHandler is a pointer to the function to be called when the
//! ADC channel interrupt occurs.
//!
//! This function enables and registers ADC interrupt handler for specified
//! channel. Individual interrupt for each channel should be enabled using
//! \sa ADCIntEnable(). It is the interrupt handler's responsibility to clear
//! the interrupt source.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulChannel should be one of the following
//!
//! - \b ADC_CH_0 for channel 0
//! - \b ADC_CH_1 for channel 1
//! - \b ADC_CH_2 for channel 2
//! - \b ADC_CH_3 for channel 3
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCIntRegister(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel,
void (*pfnHandler)(void))
{
unsigned long ulIntNo;
//
// Get the interrupt number associted with the specified channel
//
ulIntNo = (ulChannel == ADC_CH_0)? INT_ADCCH0 :
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_1)? INT_ADCCH1 :
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_2)? INT_ADCCH2 : INT_ADCCH3;
//
// Register the interrupt handler
//
IntRegister(ulIntNo,pfnHandler);
//
// Enable ADC interrupt
//
IntEnable(ulIntNo);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables and unregisters ADC interrupt handler for specified channel
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//! \param ulChannel is one of the valid ADC channels
//!
//! This function disables and unregisters ADC interrupt handler for specified
//! channel. This function also masks off the interrupt in the interrupt
//! controller so that the interrupt handler no longer is called.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulChannel should be one of the following
//!
//! - \b ADC_CH_0 for channel 0
//! - \b ADC_CH_1 for channel 1
//! - \b ADC_CH_2 for channel 2
//! - \b ADC_CH_3 for channel 3
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCIntUnregister(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel)
{
unsigned long ulIntNo;
//
// Get the interrupt number associted with the specified channel
//
ulIntNo = (ulChannel == ADC_CH_0)? INT_ADCCH0 :
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_1)? INT_ADCCH1 :
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_2)? INT_ADCCH2 : INT_ADCCH3;
//
// Disable ADC interrupt
//
IntDisable(ulIntNo);
//
// Unregister the interrupt handler
//
IntUnregister(ulIntNo);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables individual interrupt sources for specified channel
//!
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//! \param ulChannel is one of the valid ADC channels
//! \param ulIntFlags is the bit mask of the interrupt sources to be enabled.
//!
//! This function enables the indicated ADC interrupt sources. Only the
//! sources that are enabled can be reflected to the processor interrupt;
//! disabled sources have no effect on the processor.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulChannel should be one of the following
//!
//! - \b ADC_CH_0 for channel 0
//! - \b ADC_CH_1 for channel 1
//! - \b ADC_CH_2 for channel 2
//! - \b ADC_CH_3 for channel 3
//!
//! The \e ulIntFlags parameter is the logical OR of any of the following:
//! - \b ADC_DMA_DONE for DMA done
//! - \b ADC_FIFO_OVERFLOW for FIFO over flow
//! - \b ADC_FIFO_UNDERFLOW for FIFO under flow
//! - \b ADC_FIFO_EMPTY for FIFO empty
//! - \b ADC_FIFO_FULL for FIFO full
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCIntEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel,
unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
unsigned long ulOffset;
unsigned long ulDmaMsk;
//
// Enable DMA Done interrupt
//
if(ulIntFlags & ADC_DMA_DONE)
{
ulDmaMsk = (ulChannel == ADC_CH_0)?0x00001000:
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_1)?0x00002000:
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_2)?0x00004000:0x00008000;
HWREG(APPS_CONFIG_BASE + APPS_CONFIG_O_DMA_DONE_INT_MASK_CLR) = ulDmaMsk;
}
ulIntFlags = ulIntFlags & 0x0F;
//
// Get the interrupt enable register offset for specified channel
//
ulOffset = ADC_O_adc_ch0_irq_en + ulChannel;
//
// Unmask the specified interrupts
//
HWREG(ulBase + ulOffset) |= (ulIntFlags & 0xf);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables individual interrupt sources for specified channel
//!
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC.
//! \param ulChannel is one of the valid ADC channels
//! \param ulIntFlags is the bit mask of the interrupt sources to be enabled.
//!
//! This function disables the indicated ADC interrupt sources. Only the
//! sources that are enabled can be reflected to the processor interrupt;
//! disabled sources have no effect on the processor.
//!
//! The parameters\e ulIntFlags and \e ulChannel should be as explained in
//! ADCIntEnable().
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCIntDisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel,
unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
unsigned long ulOffset;
unsigned long ulDmaMsk;
//
// Disable DMA Done interrupt
//
if(ulIntFlags & ADC_DMA_DONE)
{
ulDmaMsk = (ulChannel == ADC_CH_0)?0x00001000:
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_1)?0x00002000:
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_2)?0x00004000:0x00008000;
HWREG(APPS_CONFIG_BASE + APPS_CONFIG_O_DMA_DONE_INT_MASK_SET) = ulDmaMsk;
}
//
// Get the interrupt enable register offset for specified channel
//
ulOffset = ADC_O_adc_ch0_irq_en + ulChannel;
//
// Unmask the specified interrupts
//
HWREG(ulBase + ulOffset) &= ~ulIntFlags;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the current channel interrupt status
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//! \param ulChannel is one of the valid ADC channels
//!
//! This function returns the interrupt status of the specified ADC channel.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulChannel should be as explained in \sa ADCIntEnable().
//!
//! \return Return the ADC channel interrupt status, enumerated as a bit
//! field of values described in ADCIntEnable()
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long ADCIntStatus(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel)
{
unsigned long ulOffset;
unsigned long ulDmaMsk;
unsigned long ulIntStatus;
//
// Get DMA Done interrupt status
//
ulDmaMsk = (ulChannel == ADC_CH_0)?0x00001000:
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_1)?0x00002000:
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_2)?0x00004000:0x00008000;
ulIntStatus = HWREG(APPS_CONFIG_BASE +
APPS_CONFIG_O_DMA_DONE_INT_STS_MASKED)& ulDmaMsk;
//
// Get the interrupt enable register offset for specified channel
//
ulOffset = ADC_O_adc_ch0_irq_status + ulChannel;
//
// Read ADC interrupt status
//
ulIntStatus |= HWREG(ulBase + ulOffset) & 0xf;
//
// Return the current interrupt status
//
return(ulIntStatus);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Clears the current channel interrupt sources
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//! \param ulChannel is one of the valid ADC channels
//! \param ulIntFlags is the bit mask of the interrupt sources to be cleared.
//!
//! This function clears individual interrupt source for the specified
//! ADC channel.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulChannel should be as explained in \sa ADCIntEnable().
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCIntClear(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel,
unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
unsigned long ulOffset;
unsigned long ulDmaMsk;
//
// Clear DMA Done interrupt
//
if(ulIntFlags & ADC_DMA_DONE)
{
ulDmaMsk = (ulChannel == ADC_CH_0)?0x00001000:
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_1)?0x00002000:
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_2)?0x00004000:0x00008000;
HWREG(APPS_CONFIG_BASE + APPS_CONFIG_O_DMA_DONE_INT_ACK) = ulDmaMsk;
}
//
// Get the interrupt enable register offset for specified channel
//
ulOffset = ADC_O_adc_ch0_irq_status + ulChannel;
//
// Clear the specified interrupts
//
HWREG(ulBase + ulOffset) = (ulIntFlags & ~(ADC_DMA_DONE));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables the ADC DMA operation for specified channel
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//! \param ulChannel is one of the valid ADC channels
//!
//! This function enables the DMA operation for specified ADC channel
//!
//! The parameter \e ulChannel should be one of the following
//!
//! - \b ADC_CH_0 for channel 0
//! - \b ADC_CH_1 for channel 1
//! - \b ADC_CH_2 for channel 2
//! - \b ADC_CH_3 for channel 3
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCDMAEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel)
{
unsigned long ulBitMask;
//
// Get the bit mask for enabling DMA for specified channel
//
ulBitMask = (ulChannel == ADC_CH_0)?0x01:
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_1)?0x04:
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_2)?0x10:0x40;
//
// Enable DMA request for the specified channel
//
HWREG(ulBase + ADC_O_adc_dma_mode_en) |= ulBitMask;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables the ADC DMA operation for specified channel
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//! \param ulChannel is one of the valid ADC channels
//!
//! This function disables the DMA operation for specified ADC channel
//!
//! The parameter \e ulChannel should be one of the following
//!
//! - \b ADC_CH_0 for channel 0
//! - \b ADC_CH_1 for channel 1
//! - \b ADC_CH_2 for channel 2
//! - \b ADC_CH_3 for channel 3
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCDMADisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel)
{
unsigned long ulBitMask;
//
// Get the bit mask for disabling DMA for specified channel
//
ulBitMask = (ulChannel == ADC_CH_0)?0x01:
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_1)?0x04:
(ulChannel == ADC_CH_2)?0x10:0x40;
//
// Disable DMA request for the specified channel
//
HWREG(ulBase + ADC_O_adc_dma_mode_en) &= ~ulBitMask;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Configures the ADC internal timer
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//! \param ulValue is wrap arround value of the timer
//!
//! This function Configures the ADC internal timer. The ADC timer is a 17 bit
//! used to timestamp the ADC data samples internally.
//! User can read the timestamp along with the sample from the FIFO register(s).
//! Each sample in the FIFO contains 14 bit actual data and 18 bit timestamp
//!
//! The parameter \e ulValue can take any value between 0 - 2^17
//!
//! \returns None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCTimerConfig(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulValue)
{
unsigned long ulReg;
//
// Read the currrent config
//
ulReg = HWREG(ulBase + ADC_O_adc_timer_configuration);
//
// Mask and set timer count field
//
ulReg = ((ulReg & ~0x1FFFF) | (ulValue & 0x1FFFF));
//
// Set the timer count value
//
HWREG(ulBase + ADC_O_adc_timer_configuration) = ulReg;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Resets ADC internal timer
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//!
//! This function resets 17-bit ADC internal timer
//!
//! \returns None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCTimerReset(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Reset the timer
//
HWREG(ulBase + ADC_O_adc_timer_configuration) |= (1 << 24);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables ADC internal timer
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//!
//! This function enables 17-bit ADC internal timer
//!
//! \returns None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCTimerEnable(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Enable the timer
//
HWREG(ulBase + ADC_O_adc_timer_configuration) |= (1 << 25);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables ADC internal timer
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//!
//! This function disables 17-bit ADC internal timer
//!
//! \returns None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void ADCTimerDisable(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Disable the timer
//
HWREG(ulBase + ADC_O_adc_timer_configuration) &= ~(1 << 25);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the current value of ADC internal timer
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//!
//! This function the current value of 17-bit ADC internal timer
//!
//! \returns Return the current value of ADC internal timer.
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long ADCTimerValueGet(unsigned long ulBase)
{
return(HWREG(ulBase + ADC_O_adc_timer_current_count));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the current FIFO level for specified ADC channel
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//! \param ulChannel is one of the valid ADC channels.
//!
//! This function returns the current FIFO level for specified ADC channel.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulChannel should be one of the following
//!
//! - \b ADC_CH_0 for channel 0
//! - \b ADC_CH_1 for channel 1
//! - \b ADC_CH_2 for channel 2
//! - \b ADC_CH_3 for channel 3
//!
//! \returns Return the current FIFO level for specified channel
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned char ADCFIFOLvlGet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel)
{
unsigned long ulOffset;
//
// Get the fifo level register offset for specified channel
//
ulOffset = ADC_O_adc_ch0_fifo_lvl + ulChannel;
//
// Return FIFO level
//
return(HWREG(ulBase + ulOffset) & 0x7);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Reads FIFO for specified ADC channel
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the ADC
//! \param ulChannel is one of the valid ADC channels.
//!
//! This function returns one data sample from the channel fifo as specified by
//! \e ulChannel parameter.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulChannel should be one of the following
//!
//! - \b ADC_CH_0 for channel 0
//! - \b ADC_CH_1 for channel 1
//! - \b ADC_CH_2 for channel 2
//! - \b ADC_CH_3 for channel 3
//!
//! \returns Return one data sample from the channel fifo.
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long ADCFIFORead(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel)
{
unsigned long ulOffset;
//
// Get the fifo register offset for specified channel
//
ulOffset = ADC_O_channel0FIFODATA + ulChannel;
//
// Return FIFO level
//
return(HWREG(ulBase + ulOffset));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

117
driverlib/adc.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// adc.h
//
// Defines and Macros for the ADC.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __ADC_H__
#define __ADC_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to APIs as ulChannel parameter
//*****************************************************************************
#define ADC_CH_0 0x00000000
#define ADC_CH_1 0x00000008
#define ADC_CH_2 0x00000010
#define ADC_CH_3 0x00000018
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to ADCIntEnable(), ADCIntDisable()
// and ADCIntClear() as ulIntFlags, and returned from ADCIntStatus()
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define ADC_DMA_DONE 0x00000010
#define ADC_FIFO_OVERFLOW 0x00000008
#define ADC_FIFO_UNDERFLOW 0x00000004
#define ADC_FIFO_EMPTY 0x00000002
#define ADC_FIFO_FULL 0x00000001
//*****************************************************************************
//
// API Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void ADCEnable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void ADCDisable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void ADCChannelEnable(unsigned long ulBase,unsigned long ulChannel);
extern void ADCChannelDisable(unsigned long ulBase,unsigned long ulChannel);
extern void ADCIntRegister(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel,
void (*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void ADCIntUnregister(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel);
extern void ADCIntEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel,
unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void ADCIntDisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel,
unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern unsigned long ADCIntStatus(unsigned long ulBase,unsigned long ulChannel);
extern void ADCIntClear(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel,
unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void ADCDMAEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel);
extern void ADCDMADisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulChannel);
extern void ADCTimerConfig(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulValue);
extern void ADCTimerEnable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void ADCTimerDisable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void ADCTimerReset(unsigned long ulBase);
extern unsigned long ADCTimerValueGet(unsigned long ulBase);
extern unsigned char ADCFIFOLvlGet(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulChannel);
extern unsigned long ADCFIFORead(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulChannel);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __ADC_H__

1360
driverlib/aes.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

218
driverlib/aes.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// aes.h
//
// Defines and Macros for the AES module.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __DRIVERLIB_AES_H__
#define __DRIVERLIB_AES_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used to specify the operation direction in the
// ui32Config argument in the AESConfig function. Only one is permitted.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define AES_CFG_DIR_ENCRYPT 0x00000004
#define AES_CFG_DIR_DECRYPT 0x00000000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used to specify the key size in the ui32Config
// argument in the AESConfig function. Only one is permitted.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define AES_CFG_KEY_SIZE_128BIT 0x00000008
#define AES_CFG_KEY_SIZE_192BIT 0x00000010
#define AES_CFG_KEY_SIZE_256BIT 0x00000018
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used to specify the mode of operation in the
// ui32Config argument in the AESConfig function. Only one is permitted.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define AES_CFG_MODE_M 0x2007fe60
#define AES_CFG_MODE_ECB 0x00000000
#define AES_CFG_MODE_CBC 0x00000020
#define AES_CFG_MODE_CTR 0x00000040
#define AES_CFG_MODE_ICM 0x00000200
#define AES_CFG_MODE_CFB 0x00000400
#define AES_CFG_MODE_XTS_TWEAKJL \
0x00000800
#define AES_CFG_MODE_XTS_K2IJL \
0x00001000
#define AES_CFG_MODE_XTS_K2ILJ0 \
0x00001800
#define AES_CFG_MODE_F8 0x00002000
#define AES_CFG_MODE_F9 0x20004000
#define AES_CFG_MODE_CBCMAC 0x20008000
#define AES_CFG_MODE_GCM_HLY0ZERO \
0x20010040
#define AES_CFG_MODE_GCM_HLY0CALC \
0x20020040
#define AES_CFG_MODE_GCM_HY0CALC \
0x20030040
#define AES_CFG_MODE_CCM 0x20040040
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used to specify the counter width in the
// ui32Config argument in the AESConfig function. It is only required to
// be defined when using CTR, CCM, or GCM modes. Only one length is permitted.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define AES_CFG_CTR_WIDTH_32 0x00000000
#define AES_CFG_CTR_WIDTH_64 0x00000080
#define AES_CFG_CTR_WIDTH_96 0x00000100
#define AES_CFG_CTR_WIDTH_128 0x00000180
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used to define the width of the length field for
// CCM operation through the ui32Config argument in the AESConfig function.
// This value is also known as L. Only one is permitted.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define AES_CFG_CCM_L_2 0x00080000
#define AES_CFG_CCM_L_4 0x00180000
#define AES_CFG_CCM_L_8 0x00380000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used to define the length of the authentication
// field for CCM operations through the ui32Config argument in the AESConfig
// function. This value is also known as M. Only one is permitted.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define AES_CFG_CCM_M_4 0x00400000
#define AES_CFG_CCM_M_6 0x00800000
#define AES_CFG_CCM_M_8 0x00c00000
#define AES_CFG_CCM_M_10 0x01000000
#define AES_CFG_CCM_M_12 0x01400000
#define AES_CFG_CCM_M_14 0x01800000
#define AES_CFG_CCM_M_16 0x01c00000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Interrupt flags for use with the AESIntEnable, AESIntDisable, and
// AESIntStatus functions.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define AES_INT_CONTEXT_IN 0x00000001
#define AES_INT_CONTEXT_OUT 0x00000008
#define AES_INT_DATA_IN 0x00000002
#define AES_INT_DATA_OUT 0x00000004
#define AES_INT_DMA_CONTEXT_IN 0x00010000
#define AES_INT_DMA_CONTEXT_OUT 0x00020000
#define AES_INT_DMA_DATA_IN 0x00040000
#define AES_INT_DMA_DATA_OUT 0x00080000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Defines used when enabling and disabling DMA requests in the
// AESEnableDMA and AESDisableDMA functions.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define AES_DMA_DATA_IN 0x00000040
#define AES_DMA_DATA_OUT 0x00000020
#define AES_DMA_CONTEXT_IN 0x00000080
#define AES_DMA_CONTEXT_OUT 0x00000100
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Function prototypes.
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void AESConfigSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Config);
extern void AESKey1Set(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Key,
uint32_t ui32Keysize);
extern void AESKey2Set(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Key,
uint32_t ui32Keysize);
extern void AESKey3Set(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Key);
extern void AESIVSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8IVdata);
extern void AESIVGet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8IVdata);
extern void AESTagRead(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8TagData);
extern void AESDataLengthSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint64_t ui64Length);
extern void AESAuthDataLengthSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Length);
extern bool AESDataReadNonBlocking(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Dest,
uint8_t ui8Length);
extern void AESDataRead(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Dest,
uint8_t ui8Length);
extern bool AESDataWriteNonBlocking(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src,
uint8_t ui8Length);
extern void AESDataWrite(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src,
uint8_t ui8Length);
extern bool AESDataProcess(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src,
uint8_t *pui8Dest,
uint32_t ui32Length);
extern bool AESDataMAC(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src,
uint32_t ui32Length,
uint8_t *pui8Tag);
extern bool AESDataProcessAE(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src,
uint8_t *pui8Dest, uint32_t ui32Length,
uint8_t *pui8AuthSrc, uint32_t ui32AuthLength,
uint8_t *pui8Tag);
extern uint32_t AESIntStatus(uint32_t ui32Base, bool bMasked);
extern void AESIntEnable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void AESIntDisable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void AESIntClear(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void AESIntRegister(uint32_t ui32Base, void(*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void AESIntUnregister(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void AESDMAEnable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Flags);
extern void AESDMADisable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Flags);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __DRIVERLIB_AES_H__

602
driverlib/camera.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// camera.c
//
// Driver for the camera controller module
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup camera_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include "inc/hw_types.h"
#include "inc/hw_ints.h"
#include "inc/hw_memmap.h"
#include "inc/hw_camera.h"
#include "inc/hw_apps_config.h"
#include "interrupt.h"
#include "camera.h"
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Resets the Camera core
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//!
//! This function resets the camera core
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraReset(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Reset the camera
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_SYSCONFIG) = CAMERA_CC_SYSCONFIG_SOFT_RESET;
//
// Wait for reset completion
//
while(!(HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_SYSSTATUS)&
CAMERA_CC_SYSSTATUS_RESET_DONE2))
{
}
}
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Configures camera parameters
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//! \param ulHSPol sets the HSync polarity
//! \param ulVSPol sets the VSync polarity
//! \param ulFlags are configuration flags
//!
//! This function sets different camera parameters.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulHSPol should be on the follwoing:
//! - \b CAM_HS_POL_HI
//! - \b CAM_HS_POL_LO
//!
//! The parameter \e ulVSPol should be on the follwoing:
//! - \b CAM_VS_POL_HI
//! - \b CAM_VS_POL_LO
//!
//! The parameter \e ulFlags can be logical OR of one or more of the follwoing
//! or 0:
//! - \b CAM_PCLK_RISE_EDGE
//! - \b CAM_PCLK_FALL_EDGE
//! - \b CAM_ORDERCAM_SWAP
//! - \b CAM_NOBT_SYNCHRO
//! - \b CAM_IF_SYNCHRO
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraParamsConfig(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulHSPol,
unsigned long ulVSPol, unsigned long ulFlags)
{
unsigned long ulReg;
//
// Read the register
//
ulReg = HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL);
//
// Set the requested parameter
//
ulFlags = (ulFlags|ulHSPol|ulVSPol);
ulReg = ((ulReg & ~(CAMERA_CC_CTRL_NOBT_SYNCHRO |
CAMERA_CC_CTRL_NOBT_HS_POL |
CAMERA_CC_CTRL_NOBT_VS_POL |
CAMERA_CC_CTRL_BT_CORRECT |
CAMERA_CC_CTRL_PAR_ORDERCAM |
CAMERA_CC_CTRL_PAR_CLK_POL )) | ulFlags);
//
// Write the configuration
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL)=ulReg;
}
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Set the internal clock divider
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//! \param ulCamClkIn is input to camera module
//! \param ulXClk defines the output required
//!
//! This function sets the internal clock divider based on \e ulCamClkIn to
//! generate XCLK as specified be \e ulXClk. Maximum suppoter division is 30
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraXClkConfig(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulCamClkIn,
unsigned long ulXClk)
{
unsigned long ulReg;
unsigned long ucDiv;
//
// Read the register
//
ulReg = HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL_XCLK);
//
// Mask XCLK divider value
//
ulReg &= ~(CAMERA_CC_CTRL_XCLK_XCLK_DIV_M);
//
// Compute the divider
//
ucDiv = ((ulCamClkIn)/ulXClk);
//
// Max supported division is 30
//
if(ucDiv > 30)
{
return;
}
//
// Set and write back the configuration
//
ulReg |= ucDiv;
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL_XCLK) = ulReg;
}
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the internal divide in specified mode
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//! \param bXClkFlags decides the divide mode
//!
//! This function sets the internal divide in specified mode.
//!
//! The parameter \e bXClkFlags should be one of the following :
//!
//! - \b CAM_XCLK_STABLE_LO
//! - \b CAM_XCLK_STABLE_HI
//! - \b CAM_XCLK_DIV_BYPASS
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraXClkSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned char bXClkFlags)
{
unsigned long ulReg;
//
// Read and Mask XTAL Divider config.
//
ulReg = (HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL_XCLK) &
~(CAMERA_CC_CTRL_XCLK_XCLK_DIV_M));
//
// Set config. base on parameter flag
//
switch(bXClkFlags)
{
case CAM_XCLK_STABLE_HI : ulReg |= 0x00000001;
break;
case CAM_XCLK_DIV_BYPASS: ulReg |= 0x0000001F;
break;
}
//
// Write the config.
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL_XCLK) = ulReg;
}
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Enable camera DMA
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//!
//! This function enables transfer request to DMA from camera. DMA specific
//! configuration has to be done seperately.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraDMAEnable(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Enable DMA
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL_DMA) |= CAMERA_CC_CTRL_DMA_DMA_EN;
}
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Disable camera DMA
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//!
//! This function masks transfer request to DMA from camera.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraDMADisable(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Disable DMA
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL_DMA) &= ~CAMERA_CC_CTRL_DMA_DMA_EN;
}
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the FIFO threshold for DMA transfer request
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//! \param ulThreshold specifies the FIFO threshold
//!
//! This function sets the FIFO threshold for DMA transfer request.
//! Parameter \e ulThreshold can range from 1 - 64
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraThresholdSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulThreshold)
{
//
// Read and Mask DMA threshold field
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL_DMA) &= ~CAMERA_CC_CTRL_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_M;
//
// Write the new threshold value
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL_DMA) |= (ulThreshold -1);
}
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Register camera interrupt handler
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//! \param pfnHandler hold pointer to interrupt handler
//!
//! This function registers and enables global camera interrupt from the
//! interrupt controller. Individual camera interrupts source
//! should be enabled using \sa CameraIntEnable().
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraIntRegister(unsigned long ulBase, void (*pfnHandler)(void))
{
//
// Register the interrupt handler.
//
IntRegister(INT_CAMERA, pfnHandler);
//
// Enable the Camera interrupt.
//
IntEnable(INT_CAMERA);
}
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Un-Register camera interrupt handler
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//!
//! This function unregisters and disables global camera interrupt from the
//! interrupt controller.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraIntUnregister(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Disable the interrupt.
//
IntDisable(INT_CAMERA);
//
// Unregister the interrupt handler.
//
IntUnregister(INT_CAMERA);
}
//******************************************************************************
//! Enables individual camera interrupt sources.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//! \param ulIntFlags is the bit mask of the interrupt sources to be enabled.
//!
//! This function enables individual camera interrupt sources.
//!
//! the parameter \e ulIntFlags should be logical OR of one or more of the
//! following:
//!
//! - \b CAM_INT_DMA
//! - \b CAM_INT_FE
//! - \b CAM_INT_FSC_ERR
//! - \b CAM_INT_FIFO_NOEMPTY
//! - \b CAM_INT_FIFO_FULL
//! - \b CAM_INT_FIFO_THR
//! - \b CAM_INT_FIFO_OF
//! - \b CAN_INT_FIFO_UR
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraIntEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
//
// unmask Camera DMA done interrupt
//
if(ulIntFlags & CAM_INT_DMA)
{
HWREG(APPS_CONFIG_BASE + APPS_CONFIG_O_DMA_DONE_INT_MASK_CLR) = ((1<<8));
}
//
// Enable specific camera interrupts
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_IRQENABLE) |= ulIntFlags;
}
//******************************************************************************
//! Disables individual camera interrupt sources.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//! \param ulIntFlags is the bit mask of the interrupt sources to be disabled.
//!
//! This function disables individual camera interrupt sources.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulIntFlags should be logical OR of one or more of the
//! values as defined in CameraIntEnable().
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraIntDisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
//
// Mask Camera DMA done interrupt
//
if(ulIntFlags & CAM_INT_DMA)
{
HWREG(APPS_CONFIG_BASE + APPS_CONFIG_O_DMA_DONE_INT_MASK_SET) = ((1<<8));
}
//
// Disable specific camera interrupts
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_IRQENABLE) &= ~ulIntFlags;
}
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Returns the current interrupt status,
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//!
//! This functions returns the current interrupt status for the camera.
//!
//! \return Returns the current interrupt status, enumerated as a bit field of
//! values described in CameraIntEnable().
//******************************************************************************
unsigned long CameraIntStatus(unsigned long ulBase)
{
unsigned ulIntFlag;
//
// Read camera interrupt
//
ulIntFlag = HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_IRQSTATUS);
//
//
// Read camera DMA doner interrupt
//
if(HWREG(APPS_CONFIG_BASE + APPS_CONFIG_O_DMA_DONE_INT_STS_MASKED) & (1<<8))
{
ulIntFlag |= CAM_INT_DMA;
}
//
// Return status
//
return(ulIntFlag);
}
//******************************************************************************
//! Clears individual camera interrupt sources.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//! \param ulIntFlags is the bit mask of the interrupt sources to be Clears.
//!
//! This function Clears individual camera interrupt sources.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulIntFlags should be logical OR of one or more of the
//! values as defined in CameraIntEnable().
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraIntClear(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
//
// Clear DMA done int status
//
if(ulIntFlags & CAM_INT_DMA)
{
HWREG(APPS_CONFIG_BASE + APPS_CONFIG_O_DMA_DONE_INT_ACK) = ((1<<8));
}
//
// Clear the interrupts
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_IRQSTATUS) = ulIntFlags;
}
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Starts image capture
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//!
//! This function starts the image capture over the configured camera interface
//! This function should be called after configuring the camera module
//! completele
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraCaptureStart(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Set the mode
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL) &= ~0xF;
//
// Enable image capture
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL) |= CAMERA_CC_CTRL_CC_EN;
}
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Stops image capture
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//! \param bImmediate is \b true to stop capture imeediately else \b flase.
//!
//! This function stops the image capture over the camera interface.
//! The capture is stopped either immediatelt or at the end of current frame
//! based on \e bImmediate parameter.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraCaptureStop(unsigned long ulBase, tBoolean bImmediate)
{
if(bImmediate)
{
//
// Stop capture immediately
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL) &= ~CAMERA_CC_CTRL_CC_FRAME_TRIG;
}
else
{
//
// Stop capture at the end of frame
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL) |= CAMERA_CC_CTRL_CC_FRAME_TRIG;
}
//
// Request camera to stop capture
//
HWREG(ulBase + CAMERA_O_CC_CTRL) &= ~CAMERA_CC_CTRL_CC_EN;
}
//******************************************************************************
//
//! Reads the camera buffer (FIFO)
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the camera module.
//! \param pBuffer is the pointer to the read buffer
//! \param ucSize specifies the size to data to be read
//!
//! This function reads the camera buffer (FIFO).
//!
//! \return None.
//
//******************************************************************************
void CameraBufferRead(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long *pBuffer,
unsigned char ucSize)
{
unsigned char *pCamBuff;
unsigned char i;
//
// Initilize a pointer to ecamera buffer
//
pCamBuff = (unsigned char *)CAM_BUFFER_ADDR;
//
// Read out requested data
//
for(i=0; i < ucSize; i++)
{
*(pBuffer+i) = *(pCamBuff + i);
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

131
driverlib/camera.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// camera.h
//
// Prototypes and macros for the camera controller module.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __CAMERA_H__
#define __CAMERA_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
// Macro defining Camera buffer address
//*****************************************************************************
#define CAM_BUFFER_ADDR 0x44018100
//*****************************************************************************
// Value that can be passed to CameraXClkSet().
//*****************************************************************************
#define CAM_XCLK_STABLE_LO 0x00
#define CAM_XCLK_STABLE_HI 0x01
#define CAM_XCLK_DIV_BYPASS 0x02
//*****************************************************************************
// Value that can be passed to CameraIntEnable(), CameraIntDisable,
// CameraIntClear() or returned from CameraIntStatus().
//*****************************************************************************
#define CAM_INT_DMA 0x80000000
#define CAM_INT_FE 0x00010000
#define CAM_INT_FIFO_NOEMPTY 0x00000010
#define CAM_INT_FIFO_FULL 0x00000008
#define CAM_INT_FIFO_THR 0x00000004
#define CAM_INT_FIFO_OF 0x00000002
#define CAN_INT_FIFO_UR 0x00000001
//*****************************************************************************
// Value that can be passed to CameraXClkConfig().
//*****************************************************************************
#define CAM_HS_POL_HI 0x00000000
#define CAM_HS_POL_LO 0x00000200
#define CAM_VS_POL_HI 0x00000000
#define CAM_VS_POL_LO 0x00000100
#define CAM_PCLK_RISE_EDGE 0x00000000
#define CAM_PCLK_FALL_EDGE 0x00000400
#define CAM_ORDERCAM_SWAP 0x00000800
#define CAM_NOBT_SYNCHRO 0x00002000
#define CAM_IF_SYNCHRO 0x00080000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// API Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void CameraReset(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void CameraParamsConfig(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulHSPol,
unsigned long ulVSPol, unsigned long ulFlags);
extern void CameraXClkConfig(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulCamClkIn,
unsigned long ulXClk);
extern void CameraXClkSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned char bXClkFlags);
extern void CameraDMAEnable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void CameraDMADisable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void CameraThresholdSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulThreshold);
extern void CameraIntRegister(unsigned long ulBase, void (*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void CameraIntUnregister(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void CameraIntEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void CameraIntDisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern unsigned long CameraIntStatus(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void CameraIntClear(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void CameraCaptureStop(unsigned long ulBase, tBoolean bImmediate);
extern void CameraCaptureStart(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void CameraBufferRead(unsigned long ulBase,unsigned long *pBuffer,
unsigned char ucSize);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif //__CAMERA_H__

412
driverlib/cpu.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// cpu.c
//
// Instruction wrappers for special CPU instructions needed by the
// drivers.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include "cpu.h"
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Wrapper function for the CPSID instruction. Returns the state of PRIMASK
// on entry.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#if defined(gcc)
unsigned long __attribute__((naked))
CPUcpsid(void)
{
unsigned long ulRet;
//
// Read PRIMASK and disable interrupts.
//
__asm(" mrs r0, PRIMASK\n"
" cpsid i\n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" bx lr\n"
: "=r" (ulRet));
//
// The return is handled in the inline assembly, but the compiler will
// still complain if there is not an explicit return here (despite the fact
// that this does not result in any code being produced because of the
// naked attribute).
//
return(ulRet);
}
#endif
#if defined(ewarm)
unsigned long
CPUcpsid(void)
{
//
// Read PRIMASK and disable interrupts.
//
__asm(" mrs r0, PRIMASK\n"
" cpsid i\n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n");
//
// "Warning[Pe940]: missing return statement at end of non-void function"
// is suppressed here to avoid putting a "bx lr" in the inline assembly
// above and a superfluous return statement here.
//
#pragma diag_suppress=Pe940
}
#pragma diag_default=Pe940
#endif
#if defined(ccs)
unsigned long
CPUcpsid(void)
{
//
// Read PRIMASK and disable interrupts.
//
__asm(" mrs r0, PRIMASK\n"
" cpsid i\n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" bx lr\n");
//
// The following keeps the compiler happy, because it wants to see a
// return value from this function. It will generate code to return
// a zero. However, the real return is the "bx lr" above, so the
// return(0) is never executed and the function returns with the value
// you expect in R0.
//
return(0);
}
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Wrapper function returning the state of PRIMASK (indicating whether
// interrupts are enabled or disabled).
//
//*****************************************************************************
#if defined(gcc)
unsigned long __attribute__((naked))
CPUprimask(void)
{
unsigned long ulRet;
//
// Read PRIMASK and disable interrupts.
//
__asm(" mrs r0, PRIMASK\n"
" bx lr\n"
: "=r" (ulRet));
//
// The return is handled in the inline assembly, but the compiler will
// still complain if there is not an explicit return here (despite the fact
// that this does not result in any code being produced because of the
// naked attribute).
//
return(ulRet);
}
#endif
#if defined(ewarm)
unsigned long
CPUprimask(void)
{
//
// Read PRIMASK and disable interrupts.
//
__asm(" mrs r0, PRIMASK\n");
//
// "Warning[Pe940]: missing return statement at end of non-void function"
// is suppressed here to avoid putting a "bx lr" in the inline assembly
// above and a superfluous return statement here.
//
#pragma diag_suppress=Pe940
}
#pragma diag_default=Pe940
#endif
#if defined(ccs)
unsigned long
CPUprimask(void)
{
//
// Read PRIMASK and disable interrupts.
//
__asm(" mrs r0, PRIMASK\n"
" bx lr\n");
//
// The following keeps the compiler happy, because it wants to see a
// return value from this function. It will generate code to return
// a zero. However, the real return is the "bx lr" above, so the
// return(0) is never executed and the function returns with the value
// you expect in R0.
//
return(0);
}
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Wrapper function for the CPSIE instruction. Returns the state of PRIMASK
// on entry.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#if defined(gcc)
unsigned long __attribute__((naked))
CPUcpsie(void)
{
unsigned long ulRet;
//
// Read PRIMASK and enable interrupts.
//
__asm(" mrs r0, PRIMASK\n"
" cpsie i\n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" bx lr\n"
: "=r" (ulRet));
//
// The return is handled in the inline assembly, but the compiler will
// still complain if there is not an explicit return here (despite the fact
// that this does not result in any code being produced because of the
// naked attribute).
//
return(ulRet);
}
#endif
#if defined(ewarm)
unsigned long
CPUcpsie(void)
{
//
// Read PRIMASK and enable interrupts.
//
__asm(" mrs r0, PRIMASK\n"
" cpsie i\n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n");
//
// "Warning[Pe940]: missing return statement at end of non-void function"
// is suppressed here to avoid putting a "bx lr" in the inline assembly
// above and a superfluous return statement here.
//
#pragma diag_suppress=Pe940
}
#pragma diag_default=Pe940
#endif
#if defined(ccs)
unsigned long
CPUcpsie(void)
{
//
// Read PRIMASK and enable interrupts.
//
__asm(" mrs r0, PRIMASK\n"
" cpsie i\n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" bx lr\n");
//
// The following keeps the compiler happy, because it wants to see a
// return value from this function. It will generate code to return
// a zero. However, the real return is the "bx lr" above, so the
// return(0) is never executed and the function returns with the value
// you expect in R0.
//
return(0);
}
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Wrapper function for the WFI instruction.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#if defined(gcc)
void __attribute__((naked))
CPUwfi(void)
{
//
// Wait for the next interrupt.
//
__asm(" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" wfi \n"
" bx lr\n");
}
#endif
#if defined(ewarm)
void
CPUwfi(void)
{
//
// Wait for the next interrupt.
//
__asm(" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" wfi \n");
}
#endif
#if defined(ccs)
void
CPUwfi(void)
{
//
// Wait for the next interrupt.
//
__asm(" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" wfi \n");
}
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Wrapper function for writing the BASEPRI register.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#if defined(gcc)
void __attribute__((naked))
CPUbasepriSet(unsigned long ulNewBasepri)
{
//
// Set the BASEPRI register
//
__asm(" msr BASEPRI, r0\n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" bx lr\n");
}
#endif
#if defined(ewarm)
void
CPUbasepriSet(unsigned long ulNewBasepri)
{
//
// Set the BASEPRI register
//
__asm(" msr BASEPRI, r0\n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n");
}
#endif
#if defined(ccs)
void
CPUbasepriSet(unsigned long ulNewBasepri)
{
//
// Set the BASEPRI register
//
__asm(" msr BASEPRI, r0\n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n");
}
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Wrapper function for reading the BASEPRI register.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#if defined(gcc)
unsigned long __attribute__((naked))
CPUbasepriGet(void)
{
unsigned long ulRet;
//
// Read BASEPRI
//
__asm(" mrs r0, BASEPRI\n"
" bx lr\n"
: "=r" (ulRet));
//
// The return is handled in the inline assembly, but the compiler will
// still complain if there is not an explicit return here (despite the fact
// that this does not result in any code being produced because of the
// naked attribute).
//
return(ulRet);
}
#endif
#if defined(ewarm)
unsigned long
CPUbasepriGet(void)
{
//
// Read BASEPRI
//
__asm(" mrs r0, BASEPRI\n");
//
// "Warning[Pe940]: missing return statement at end of non-void function"
// is suppressed here to avoid putting a "bx lr" in the inline assembly
// above and a superfluous return statement here.
//
#pragma diag_suppress=Pe940
}
#pragma diag_default=Pe940
#endif
#if defined(ccs)
unsigned long
CPUbasepriGet(void)
{
//
// Read BASEPRI
//
__asm(" mrs r0, BASEPRI\n"
" bx lr\n");
//
// The following keeps the compiler happy, because it wants to see a
// return value from this function. It will generate code to return
// a zero. However, the real return is the "bx lr" above, so the
// return(0) is never executed and the function returns with the value
// you expect in R0.
//
return(0);
}
#endif

75
driverlib/cpu.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// cpu.h
//
// Prototypes for the CPU instruction wrapper functions.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __CPU_H__
#define __CPU_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Prototypes.
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern unsigned long CPUcpsid(void);
extern unsigned long CPUcpsie(void);
extern unsigned long CPUprimask(void);
extern void CPUwfi(void);
extern unsigned long CPUbasepriGet(void);
extern void CPUbasepriSet(unsigned long ulNewBasepri);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __CPU_H__

305
driverlib/crc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// crc.c
//
// Driver for the CRC module.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup CRC_Cyclic_Redundancy_Check_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "inc/hw_dthe.h"
#include "inc/hw_memmap.h"
#include "inc/hw_types.h"
#include "driverlib/crc.h"
#include "driverlib/debug.h"
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Set the configuration of CRC functionality with the EC module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the EC module.
//! \param ui32CRCConfig is the configuration of the CRC engine.
//!
//! This function configures the operation of the CRC engine within the EC
//! module. The configuration is specified with the \e ui32CRCConfig argument.
//! It is the logical OR of any of the following options:
//!
//! CRC Initialization Value
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_INIT_SEED - Initialize with seed value
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_INIT_0 - Initialize to all '0s'
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_INIT_1 - Initialize to all '1s'
//!
//! Input Data Size
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_SIZE_8BIT - Input data size of 8 bits
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_SIZE_32BIT - Input data size of 32 bits
//!
//! Post Process Reverse/Inverse
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_RESINV - Result inverse enable
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_OBR - Output reverse enable
//!
//! Input Bit Reverse
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_IBR - Bit reverse enable
//!
//! Endian Control
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_ENDIAN_SBHW - Swap byte in half-word
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_ENDIAN_SHW - Swap half-word
//!
//! Operation Type
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_TYPE_P8005 - Polynomial 0x8005
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_TYPE_P1021 - Polynomial 0x1021
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_TYPE_P4C11DB7 - Polynomial 0x4C11DB7
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_TYPE_P1EDC6F41 - Polynomial 0x1EDC6F41
//! - \b EC_CRC_CFG_TYPE_TCPCHKSUM - TCP checksum
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
CRCConfigSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32CRCConfig)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DTHE_BASE);
ASSERT((ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_INIT_SEED) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_INIT_0) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_INIT_1) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_SIZE_8BIT) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_SIZE_32BIT) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_RESINV) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_OBR) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_IBR) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_ENDIAN_SBHW) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_ENDIAN_SHW) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_TYPE_P8005) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_TYPE_P1021) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_TYPE_P4C11DB7) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_TYPE_P1EDC6F41) ||
(ui32CRCConfig & CRC_CFG_TYPE_TCPCHKSUM));
//
// Write the control register with the configuration.
//
HWREG(ui32Base + DTHE_O_CRC_CTRL) = ui32CRCConfig;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Write the seed value for CRC operations in the EC module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the EC module.
//! \param ui32Seed is the seed value.
//!
//! This function writes the seed value for use with CRC operations in the
//! EC module. This value is the start value for CRC operations. If this
//! value is not written, then the residual seed from the previous operation
//! is used as the starting value.
//!
//! \note The seed must be written only if \b EC_CRC_CFG_INIT_SEED is
//! set with the CRCConfigSet() function.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
CRCSeedSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Seed)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DTHE_BASE);
//
// Write the seed value to the seed register.
//
HWREG(ui32Base + DTHE_O_CRC_SEED) = ui32Seed;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Write data into the EC module for CRC operations.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the EC module.
//! \param ui32Data is the data to be written.
//!
//! This function writes either 8 or 32 bits of data into the EC module for
//! CRC operations. The distinction between 8 and 32 bits of data is made
//! when the \b EC_CRC_CFG_SIZE_8BIT or \b EC_CRC_CFG_SIZE_32BIT flag
//! is set using the CRCConfigSet() function.
//!
//! When writing 8 bits of data, ensure the data is in the least signficant
//! byte position. The remaining bytes should be written with zero. For
//! example, when writing 0xAB, \e ui32Data should be 0x000000AB.
//!
//! \return None
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
CRCDataWrite(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Data)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DTHE_BASE);
//
// Write the data
//
HWREG(DTHE_BASE + DTHE_O_CRC_DIN) = ui32Data;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Reads the result of a CRC operation in the EC module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the EC module.
//!
//! This function reads either the unmodified CRC result or the post
//! processed CRC result from the EC module. The post-processing options
//! are selectable through \b EC_CRC_CFG_RESINV and \b EC_CRC_CFG_OBR
//! parameters in the CRCConfigSet() function.
//!
//! \return The CRC result.
//
//*****************************************************************************
uint32_t
CRCResultRead(uint32_t ui32Base)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DTHE_BASE);
//
// return value.
//
return(HWREG(DTHE_BASE + DTHE_O_CRC_RSLT_PP));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Process data to generate a CRC with the EC module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the EC module.
//! \param puiDataIn is a pointer to an array of data that is processed.
//! \param ui32DataLength is the number of data items that are processed
//! to produce the CRC.
//! \param ui32Config the config parameter to determine the CRC mode
//!
//! This function processes an array of data to produce a CRC result.
//! This function takes the CRC mode as the parameter.
//!
//! The data in the array pointed to be \e pui32DataIn is either an array
//! of bytes or an array or words depending on the selection of the input
//! data size options \b EC_CRC_CFG_SIZE_8BIT and
//! \b EC_CRC_CFG_SIZE_32BIT.
//!
//! This function returns either the unmodified CRC result or the
//! post- processed CRC result from the EC module. The post-processing
//! options are selectable through \b EC_CRC_CFG_RESINV and
//! \b EC_CRC_CFG_OBR parameters.
//!
//! \return The CRC result.
//
//*****************************************************************************
uint32_t
CRCDataProcess(uint32_t ui32Base, void *puiDataIn,
uint32_t ui32DataLength, uint32_t ui32Config)
{
uint8_t *pui8DataIn;
uint32_t *pui32DataIn;
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DTHE_BASE);
//
// See if the CRC is operating in 8-bit or 32-bit mode.
//
if(ui32Config & DTHE_CRC_CTRL_SIZE)
{
//
// The CRC is operating in 8-bit mode, so create an 8-bit pointer to
// the data.
//
pui8DataIn = (uint8_t *)puiDataIn;
//
// Loop through the input data.
//
while(ui32DataLength--)
{
//
// Write the next data byte.
//
HWREG(ui32Base + DTHE_O_CRC_DIN) = *pui8DataIn++;
}
}
else
{
//
// The CRC is operating in 32-bit mode, so loop through the input data.
//
pui32DataIn = (uint32_t *)puiDataIn;
while(ui32DataLength--)
{
//
// Write the next data word.
//
HWREG(ui32Base + DTHE_O_CRC_DIN) = *pui32DataIn++;
}
}
//
// Return the result.
//
return(CRCResultRead(ui32Base));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

98
driverlib/crc.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// crc.h
//
// Defines and Macros for CRC module.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __DRIVERLIB_CRC_H__
#define __DRIVERLIB_CRC_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used in the ui32Config argument of the
// ECConfig function.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define CRC_CFG_INIT_SEED 0x00000000 // Initialize with seed
#define CRC_CFG_INIT_0 0x00004000 // Initialize to all '0s'
#define CRC_CFG_INIT_1 0x00006000 // Initialize to all '1s'
#define CRC_CFG_SIZE_8BIT 0x00001000 // Input Data Size
#define CRC_CFG_SIZE_32BIT 0x00000000 // Input Data Size
#define CRC_CFG_RESINV 0x00000200 // Result Inverse Enable
#define CRC_CFG_OBR 0x00000100 // Output Reverse Enable
#define CRC_CFG_IBR 0x00000080 // Bit reverse enable
#define CRC_CFG_ENDIAN_SBHW 0x00000000 // Swap byte in half-word
#define CRC_CFG_ENDIAN_SHW 0x00000010 // Swap half-word
#define CRC_CFG_TYPE_P8005 0x00000000 // Polynomial 0x8005
#define CRC_CFG_TYPE_P1021 0x00000001 // Polynomial 0x1021
#define CRC_CFG_TYPE_P4C11DB7 0x00000002 // Polynomial 0x4C11DB7
#define CRC_CFG_TYPE_P1EDC6F41 0x00000003 // Polynomial 0x1EDC6F41
#define CRC_CFG_TYPE_TCPCHKSUM 0x00000008 // TCP checksum
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Function prototypes.
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void CRCConfigSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32CRCConfig);
extern uint32_t CRCDataProcess(uint32_t ui32Base, void *puiDataIn,
uint32_t ui32DataLength, uint32_t ui32Config);
extern void CRCDataWrite(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Data);
extern uint32_t CRCResultRead(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void CRCSeedSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Seed);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __DRIVERLIB_CRC_H__

67
driverlib/debug.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// debug.h
//
// Macros for assisting debug of the driver library.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __DEBUG_H__
#define __DEBUG_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Prototype for the function that is called when an invalid argument is passed
// to an API. This is only used when doing a DEBUG build.
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void __error__(char *pcFilename, unsigned long ulLine);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The ASSERT macro, which does the actual assertion checking. Typically, this
// will be for procedure arguments.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef DEBUG
#define ASSERT(expr) \
if(!(expr)) \
{ \
__error__(__FILE__, __LINE__); \
} \
#else
#define ASSERT(expr)
#endif
#endif // __DEBUG_H__

887
driverlib/des.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,887 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// des.c
//
// Driver for the DES data transformation.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup DES_Data_Encryption_Standard_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "inc/hw_des.h"
#include "inc/hw_dthe.h"
#include "inc/hw_ints.h"
#include "inc/hw_memmap.h"
#include "inc/hw_types.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "des.h"
#include "interrupt.h"
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Configures the DES module for operation.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param ui32Config is the configuration of the DES module.
//!
//! This function configures the DES module for operation.
//!
//! The \e ui32Config parameter is a bit-wise OR of a number of configuration
//! flags. The valid flags are grouped below based on their function.
//!
//! The direction of the operation is specified with one of the following two
//! flags. Only one is permitted.
//!
//! - \b DES_CFG_DIR_ENCRYPT - Encryption
//! - \b DES_CFG_DIR_DECRYPT - Decryption
//!
//! The operational mode of the DES engine is specified with one of the
//! following flags. Only one is permitted.
//!
//! - \b DES_CFG_MODE_ECB - Electronic Codebook Mode
//! - \b DES_CFG_MODE_CBC - Cipher-Block Chaining Mode
//! - \b DES_CFG_MODE_CFB - Cipher Feedback Mode
//!
//! The selection of single DES or triple DES is specified with one of the
//! following two flags. Only one is permitted.
//!
//! - \b DES_CFG_SINGLE - Single DES
//! - \b DES_CFG_TRIPLE - Triple DES
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
DESConfigSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Config)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
//
// Backup the save context field.
//
ui32Config |= (HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_CTRL) & DES_CTRL_CONTEXT);
//
// Write the control register.
//
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_CTRL) = ui32Config;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the key used for DES operations.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param pui8Key is a pointer to an array that holds the key
//!
//! This function sets the key used for DES operations.
//!
//! \e pui8Key should be 64 bits long (2 words) if single DES is being used or
//! 192 bits (6 words) if triple DES is being used.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
DESKeySet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Key)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
//
// Write the first part of the key.
//
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_KEY1_L) = * ((uint32_t *)(pui8Key + 0));
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_KEY1_H) = * ((uint32_t *)(pui8Key + 4));
//
// If we are performing triple DES, then write the key registers for
// the second and third rounds.
//
if(HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_CTRL) & DES_CFG_TRIPLE)
{
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_KEY2_L) = * ((uint32_t *)(pui8Key + 8));
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_KEY2_H) = * ((uint32_t *)(pui8Key + 12));
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_KEY3_L) = * ((uint32_t *)(pui8Key + 16));
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_KEY3_H) = * ((uint32_t *)(pui8Key + 20));
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the initialization vector in the DES module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param pui8IVdata is a pointer to an array of 64 bits (2 words) of data to
//! be written into the initialization vectors registers.
//!
//! This function sets the initialization vector in the DES module. It returns
//! true if the registers were successfully written. If the context registers
//! cannot be written at the time the function was called, then false is
//! returned.
//!
//! \return True or false.
//
//*****************************************************************************
bool
DESIVSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8IVdata)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
//
// Check to see if context registers can be overwritten. If not, return
// false.
//
if((HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_CTRL) & DES_CTRL_CONTEXT) == 0)
{
return(false);
}
//
// Write the initialization vector registers.
//
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_IV_L) = *((uint32_t *) (pui8IVdata + 0));
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_IV_H) = *((uint32_t *) (pui8IVdata + 4));
//
// Return true to indicate the write was successful.
//
return(true);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the crytographic data length in the DES module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param ui32Length is the length of the data in bytes.
//!
//! This function writes the cryptographic data length into the DES module.
//! When this register is written, the engine is triggersed to start using
//! this context.
//!
//! \note Data lengths up to (2^32 - 1) bytes are allowed.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
DESDataLengthSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Length)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
//
// Write the length register.
//
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_LENGTH) = ui32Length;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Reads plaintext/ciphertext from data registers without blocking
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param pui8Dest is a pointer to an array of 2 words.
//! \param ui8Length the length can be from 1 to 8
//!
//! This function returns true if the data was ready when the function was
//! called. If the data was not ready, false is returned.
//!
//! \return True or false.
//
//*****************************************************************************
bool
DESDataReadNonBlocking(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Dest, uint8_t ui8Length)
{
volatile uint32_t pui32Dest[2];
uint8_t ui8BytCnt;
uint8_t *pui8DestTemp;
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
if((ui8Length == 0)||(ui8Length>8))
{
return(false);
}
//
// Check to see if the data is ready to be read.
//
if((DES_CTRL_OUTPUT_READY & (HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_CTRL))) == 0)
{
return(false);
}
//
// Read two words of data from the data registers.
//
pui32Dest[0] = HWREG(DES_BASE + DES_O_DATA_L);
pui32Dest[1] = HWREG(DES_BASE + DES_O_DATA_H);
//
//Copy the data to a block memory
//
pui8DestTemp = (uint8_t *)pui32Dest;
for(ui8BytCnt = 0; ui8BytCnt < ui8Length ; ui8BytCnt++)
{
*(pui8Dest+ui8BytCnt) = *(pui8DestTemp+ui8BytCnt);
}
//
// Return true to indicate a successful write.
//
return(true);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Reads plaintext/ciphertext from data registers with blocking.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param pui8Dest is a pointer to an array of bytes.
//! \param ui8Length the length can be from 1 to 8
//!
//! This function waits until the DES module is finished and encrypted or
//! decrypted data is ready. The output data is then stored in the pui8Dest
//! array.
//!
//! \return None
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
DESDataRead(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Dest, uint8_t ui8Length)
{
volatile uint32_t pui32Dest[2];
uint8_t ui8BytCnt;
uint8_t *pui8DestTemp;
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
if((ui8Length == 0)||(ui8Length>8))
{
return;
}
//
// Wait for data output to be ready.
//
while((HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_CTRL) & DES_CTRL_OUTPUT_READY) == 0)
{
}
//
// Read two words of data from the data registers.
//
pui32Dest[0] = HWREG(DES_BASE + DES_O_DATA_L);
pui32Dest[1] = HWREG(DES_BASE + DES_O_DATA_H);
//
//Copy the data to a block memory
//
pui8DestTemp = (uint8_t *)pui32Dest;
for(ui8BytCnt = 0; ui8BytCnt < ui8Length ; ui8BytCnt++)
{
*(pui8Dest+ui8BytCnt) = *(pui8DestTemp+ui8BytCnt);
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Writes plaintext/ciphertext to data registers without blocking
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param pui8Src is a pointer to an array of 2 words.
//! \param ui8Length the length can be from 1 to 8
//!
//! This function returns false if the DES module is not ready to accept
//! data. It returns true if the data was written successfully.
//!
//! \return true or false.
//
//*****************************************************************************
bool
DESDataWriteNonBlocking(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src, uint8_t ui8Length)
{
volatile uint32_t pui32Src[2]={0,0};
uint8_t ui8BytCnt;
uint8_t *pui8SrcTemp;
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
if((ui8Length == 0)||(ui8Length>8))
{
return(false);
}
//
// Check if the DES module is ready to encrypt or decrypt data. If it
// is not, return false.
//
if(!(DES_CTRL_INPUT_READY & (HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_CTRL))))
{
return(false);
}
//
// Copy the data to a block memory
//
pui8SrcTemp = (uint8_t *)pui32Src;
for(ui8BytCnt = 0; ui8BytCnt < ui8Length ; ui8BytCnt++)
{
*(pui8SrcTemp+ui8BytCnt) = *(pui8Src+ui8BytCnt);
}
//
// Write the data.
//
HWREG(DES_BASE + DES_O_DATA_L) = pui32Src[0];
HWREG(DES_BASE + DES_O_DATA_H) = pui32Src[1];
//
// Return true to indicate a successful write.
//
return(true);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Writes plaintext/ciphertext to data registers without blocking
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param pui8Src is a pointer to an array of bytes.
//! \param ui8Length the length can be from 1 to 8
//!
//! This function waits until the DES module is ready before writing the
//! data contained in the pui8Src array.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
DESDataWrite(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src, uint8_t ui8Length)
{
volatile uint32_t pui32Src[2]={0,0};
uint8_t ui8BytCnt;
uint8_t *pui8SrcTemp;
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
if((ui8Length == 0)||(ui8Length>8))
{
return;
}
//
// Wait for the input ready bit to go high.
//
while(((HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_CTRL) & DES_CTRL_INPUT_READY)) == 0)
{
}
//
//Copy the data to a block memory
//
pui8SrcTemp = (uint8_t *)pui32Src;
for(ui8BytCnt = 0; ui8BytCnt < ui8Length ; ui8BytCnt++)
{
*(pui8SrcTemp+ui8BytCnt) = *(pui8Src+ui8BytCnt);
}
//
// Write the data.
//
HWREG(DES_BASE + DES_O_DATA_L) = pui32Src[0];
HWREG(DES_BASE + DES_O_DATA_H) = pui32Src[1];
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Processes blocks of data through the DES module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param pui8Src is a pointer to an array of words that contains the
//! source data for processing.
//! \param pui8Dest is a pointer to an array of words consisting of the
//! processed data.
//! \param ui32Length is the length of the cryptographic data in bytes.
//! It must be a multiple of eight.
//!
//! This function takes the data contained in the pui8Src array and processes
//! it using the DES engine. The resulting data is stored in the
//! pui8Dest array. The function blocks until all of the data has been
//! processed. If processing is successful, the function returns true.
//!
//! \note This functions assumes that the DES module has been configured,
//! and initialization values and keys have been written.
//!
//! \return true or false.
//
//*****************************************************************************
bool
DESDataProcess(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src, uint8_t *pui8Dest,
uint32_t ui32Length)
{
uint32_t ui32Count, ui32BlkCount, ui32ByteCount;
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
ASSERT((ui32Length % 8) == 0);
//
// Write the length register first. This triggers the engine to start
// using this context.
//
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_LENGTH) = ui32Length;
//
// Now loop until the blocks are written.
//
ui32BlkCount = ui32Length/8;
for(ui32Count = 0; ui32Count <ui32BlkCount; ui32Count ++)
{
//
// Check if the input ready is fine
//
while((DES_CTRL_INPUT_READY & (HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_CTRL))) == 0)
{
}
//
// Write the data registers.
//
DESDataWriteNonBlocking(ui32Base, pui8Src + ui32Count*8 ,8);
//
// Wait for the output ready
//
while((DES_CTRL_OUTPUT_READY & (HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_CTRL))) == 0)
{
}
//
// Read the data registers.
//
DESDataReadNonBlocking(ui32Base, pui8Dest + ui32Count*8 ,8);
}
//
//Now handle the residue bytes
//
ui32ByteCount = ui32Length%8;
if(ui32ByteCount)
{
//
// Check if the input ready is fine
//
while((DES_CTRL_INPUT_READY & (HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_CTRL))) == 0)
{
}
//
// Write the data registers.
//
DESDataWriteNonBlocking(ui32Base, pui8Src + (8*ui32BlkCount) ,
ui32ByteCount);
//
// Wait for the output ready
//
while((DES_CTRL_OUTPUT_READY & (HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_CTRL))) == 0)
{
}
//
// Read the data registers.
//
DESDataReadNonBlocking(ui32Base, pui8Dest + (8*ui32BlkCount) ,
ui32ByteCount);
}
//
// Return true to indicate the process was successful.
//
return(true);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Returns the current interrupt status of the DES module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param bMasked is \b false if the raw interrupt status is required and
//! \b true if the masked interrupt status is required.
//!
//! This function gets the current interrupt status of the DES module.
//! The value returned is a logical OR of the following values:
//!
//! - \b DES_INT_CONTEXT_IN - Context interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DATA_IN - Data input interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DATA_OUT_INT - Data output interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DMA_CONTEXT_IN - Context DMA done interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DMA_DATA_IN - Data input DMA done interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DMA_DATA_OUT - Data output DMA done interrupt
//!
//! \return A bit mask of the current interrupt status.
//
//*****************************************************************************
uint32_t
DESIntStatus(uint32_t ui32Base, bool bMasked)
{
uint32_t ui32IntStatus;
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
//
// Read the status register and return the value.
//
if(bMasked)
{
ui32IntStatus = HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_IRQSTATUS);
ui32IntStatus &= HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_IRQENABLE);
ui32IntStatus |= ((HWREG(DTHE_BASE + DTHE_O_DES_MIS) & 0x7) << 16);
return(ui32IntStatus);
}
else
{
ui32IntStatus = HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_IRQSTATUS);
ui32IntStatus |= ((HWREG(DTHE_BASE + DTHE_O_DES_MIS) & 0xD) << 16);
return(ui32IntStatus);
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables interrupts in the DES module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param ui32IntFlags is a bit mask of the interrupts to be enabled.
//!
//! \e ui32IntFlags should be a logical OR of one or more of the following
//! values:
//!
//! - \b DES_INT_CONTEXT_IN - Context interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DATA_IN - Data input interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DATA_OUT - Data output interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DMA_CONTEXT_IN - Context DMA done interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DMA_DATA_IN - Data input DMA done interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DMA_DATA_OUT - Data output DMA done interrupt
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
DESIntEnable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
ASSERT((ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_CONTEXT_IN) ||
(ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DATA_IN) ||
(ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DATA_OUT) ||
(ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DMA_CONTEXT_IN) ||
(ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DMA_DATA_IN) ||
(ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DMA_DATA_OUT));
//
// Enable the interrupts from the flags.
//
HWREG(DTHE_BASE + DTHE_O_DES_IM) &= ~((ui32IntFlags & 0x00070000) >> 16);
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_IRQENABLE) |= ui32IntFlags & 0x0000ffff;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables interrupts in the DES module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param ui32IntFlags is a bit mask of the interrupts to be disabled.
//!
//! This function disables interrupt sources in the DES module.
//! \e ui32IntFlags should be a logical OR of one or more of the following
//! values:
//!
//! - \b DES_INT_CONTEXT_IN - Context interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DATA_IN - Data input interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DATA_OUT - Data output interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DMA_CONTEXT_IN - Context DMA done interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DMA_DATA_IN - Data input DMA done interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DMA_DATA_OUT - Data output DMA done interrupt
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
DESIntDisable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
ASSERT((ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_CONTEXT_IN) ||
(ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DATA_IN) ||
(ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DATA_OUT) ||
(ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DMA_CONTEXT_IN) ||
(ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DMA_DATA_IN) ||
(ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DMA_DATA_OUT));
//
// Clear the interrupts from the flags.
//
HWREG(DTHE_BASE + DTHE_O_AES_IM) |= ((ui32IntFlags & 0x00070000) >> 16);
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_IRQENABLE) &= ~(ui32IntFlags & 0x0000ffff);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Clears interrupts in the DES module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param ui32IntFlags is a bit mask of the interrupts to be disabled.
//!
//! This function disables interrupt sources in the DES module.
//! \e ui32IntFlags should be a logical OR of one or more of the following
//! values:
//!
//! - \b DES_INT_DMA_CONTEXT_IN - Context interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DMA_DATA_IN - Data input interrupt
//! - \b DES_INT_DMA_DATA_OUT - Data output interrupt
//!
//! \note The DMA done interrupts are the only interrupts that can be cleared.
//! The remaining interrupts can be disabled instead using DESIntDisable().
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
DESIntClear(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
ASSERT((ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DMA_CONTEXT_IN) ||
(ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DMA_DATA_IN) ||
(ui32IntFlags & DES_INT_DMA_DATA_OUT));
HWREG(DTHE_BASE + DTHE_O_DES_IC) = ((ui32IntFlags & 0x00070000) >> 16);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Registers an interrupt handler for the DES module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param pfnHandler is a pointer to the function to be called when the
//! enabled DES interrupts occur.
//!
//! This function registers the interrupt handler in the interrupt vector
//! table, and enables DES interrupts on the interrupt controller; specific DES
//! interrupt sources must be enabled using DESIntEnable(). The interrupt
//! handler being registered must clear the source of the interrupt using
//! DESIntClear().
//!
//! If the application is using a static interrupt vector table stored in
//! flash, then it is not necessary to register the interrupt handler this way.
//! Instead, IntEnable() should be used to enable DES interrupts on the
//! interrupt controller.
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
DESIntRegister(uint32_t ui32Base, void(*pfnHandler)(void))
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
//
// Register the interrupt handler.
//
IntRegister(INT_DES, pfnHandler);
//
// Enable the interrupt.
//
IntEnable(INT_DES);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Unregisters an interrupt handler for the DES module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//!
//! This function unregisters the previously registered interrupt handler and
//! disables the interrupt in the interrupt controller.
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
DESIntUnregister(uint32_t ui32Base)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
//
// Disable the interrupt.
//
IntDisable(INT_DES);
//
// Unregister the interrupt handler.
//
IntUnregister(INT_DES);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables DMA request sources in the DES module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param ui32Flags is a bit mask of the DMA requests to be enabled.
//!
//! This function enables DMA request sources in the DES module. The
//! \e ui32Flags parameter should be the logical OR of any of the following:
//!
//! - \b DES_DMA_CONTEXT_IN - Context In
//! - \b DES_DMA_DATA_OUT - Data Out
//! - \b DES_DMA_DATA_IN - Data In
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
DESDMAEnable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Flags)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
ASSERT((ui32Flags & DES_DMA_CONTEXT_IN) ||
(ui32Flags & DES_DMA_DATA_OUT) ||
(ui32Flags & DES_DMA_DATA_IN));
//
// Set the data in and data out DMA request enable bits.
//
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_SYSCONFIG) |= ui32Flags;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables DMA request sources in the DES module.
//!
//! \param ui32Base is the base address of the DES module.
//! \param ui32Flags is a bit mask of the DMA requests to be disabled.
//!
//! This function disables DMA request sources in the DES module. The
//! \e ui32Flags parameter should be the logical OR of any of the following:
//!
//! - \b DES_DMA_CONTEXT_IN - Context In
//! - \b DES_DMA_DATA_OUT - Data Out
//! - \b DES_DMA_DATA_IN - Data In
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
DESDMADisable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Flags)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ui32Base == DES_BASE);
ASSERT((ui32Flags & DES_DMA_CONTEXT_IN) ||
(ui32Flags & DES_DMA_DATA_OUT) ||
(ui32Flags & DES_DMA_DATA_IN));
//
// Disable the DMA sources.
//
HWREG(ui32Base + DES_O_SYSCONFIG) &= ~ui32Flags;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

143
driverlib/des.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// des.h
//
// Defines and Macros for the DES module.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __DRIVERLIB_DES_H__
#define __DRIVERLIB_DES_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used to specify the direction with the
// ui32Config argument in the DESConfig() function. Only one is permitted.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define DES_CFG_DIR_DECRYPT 0x00000000
#define DES_CFG_DIR_ENCRYPT 0x00000004
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used to specify the operational with the
// ui32Config argument in the DESConfig() function. Only one is permitted.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define DES_CFG_MODE_ECB 0x00000000
#define DES_CFG_MODE_CBC 0x00000010
#define DES_CFG_MODE_CFB 0x00000020
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used to select between single DES and triple DES
// with the ui32Config argument in the DESConfig() function. Only one is
// permitted.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define DES_CFG_SINGLE 0x00000000
#define DES_CFG_TRIPLE 0x00000008
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used with the DESIntEnable(), DESIntDisable() and
// DESIntStatus() functions.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define DES_INT_CONTEXT_IN 0x00000001
#define DES_INT_DATA_IN 0x00000002
#define DES_INT_DATA_OUT 0x00000004
#define DES_INT_DMA_CONTEXT_IN 0x00010000
#define DES_INT_DMA_DATA_IN 0x00020000
#define DES_INT_DMA_DATA_OUT 0x00040000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used with the DESEnableDMA() and DESDisableDMA()
// functions.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define DES_DMA_CONTEXT_IN 0x00000080
#define DES_DMA_DATA_OUT 0x00000040
#define DES_DMA_DATA_IN 0x00000020
//*****************************************************************************
//
// API Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void DESConfigSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Config);
extern void DESDataRead(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Dest,
uint8_t ui8Length);
extern bool DESDataReadNonBlocking(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Dest,
uint8_t ui8Length);
extern bool DESDataProcess(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src,
uint8_t *pui8Dest, uint32_t ui32Length);
extern void DESDataWrite(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src,
uint8_t ui8Length);
extern bool DESDataWriteNonBlocking(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src,
uint8_t ui8Length);
extern void DESDMADisable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Flags);
extern void DESDMAEnable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Flags);
extern void DESIntClear(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void DESIntDisable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void DESIntEnable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void DESIntRegister(uint32_t ui32Base, void(*pfnHandler)(void));
extern uint32_t DESIntStatus(uint32_t ui32Base, bool bMasked);
extern void DESIntUnregister(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern bool DESIVSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8IVdata);
extern void DESKeySet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Key);
extern void DESDataLengthSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Length);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __DRIVERLIB_DES_H__

863
driverlib/flash.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,863 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// flash.c
//
// Driver for programming the on-chip flash.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup flash_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include "inc/hw_types.h"
#include "inc/hw_flash_ctrl.h"
#include "inc/hw_memmap.h"
#include "inc/hw_ints.h"
#include "inc/hw_gprcm.h"
#include "inc/hw_hib1p2.h"
#include "inc/hw_hib3p3.h"
#include "inc/hw_common_reg.h"
#include "inc/hw_stack_die_ctrl.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "flash.h"
#include "utils.h"
#include "interrupt.h"
#define HAVE_WRITE_BUFFER 1
//*****************************************************************************
//
// An array that maps the specified memory bank to the appropriate Flash
// Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPE) register.
//
//*****************************************************************************
static const unsigned long g_pulFMPPERegs[] =
{
FLASH_FMPPE0,
FLASH_FMPPE1,
FLASH_FMPPE2,
FLASH_FMPPE3,
FLASH_FMPPE4,
FLASH_FMPPE5,
FLASH_FMPPE6,
FLASH_FMPPE7,
FLASH_FMPPE8,
FLASH_FMPPE9,
FLASH_FMPPE10,
FLASH_FMPPE11,
FLASH_FMPPE12,
FLASH_FMPPE13,
FLASH_FMPPE14,
FLASH_FMPPE15
};
//*****************************************************************************
//
// An array that maps the specified memory bank to the appropriate Flash
// Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPRE) register.
//
//*****************************************************************************
static const unsigned long g_pulFMPRERegs[] =
{
FLASH_FMPRE0,
FLASH_FMPRE1,
FLASH_FMPRE2,
FLASH_FMPRE3,
FLASH_FMPRE4,
FLASH_FMPRE5,
FLASH_FMPRE6,
FLASH_FMPRE7,
FLASH_FMPRE8,
FLASH_FMPRE9,
FLASH_FMPRE10,
FLASH_FMPRE11,
FLASH_FMPRE12,
FLASH_FMPRE13,
FLASH_FMPRE14,
FLASH_FMPRE15,
};
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Flash Disable
//!
//! This function Disables the internal Flash.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
FlashDisable()
{
//
// Wait for Flash Busy to get cleared
//
while((HWREG(GPRCM_BASE + GPRCM_O_TOP_DIE_ENABLE)
& GPRCM_TOP_DIE_ENABLE_FLASH_BUSY))
{
}
//
// Assert reset
//
HWREG(HIB1P2_BASE + HIB1P2_O_PORPOL_SPARE) = 0xFFFF0000;
//
// 50 usec Delay Loop
//
UtilsDelay((50*80)/3);
//
// Disable TDFlash
//
HWREG(GPRCM_BASE + GPRCM_O_TOP_DIE_ENABLE) = 0x0;
//
// 50 usec Delay Loop
//
UtilsDelay((50*80)/3);
HWREG(HIB1P2_BASE + HIB1P2_O_BGAP_DUTY_CYCLING_EXIT_CFG) = 0x1;
//
// 50 usec Delay Loop
//
UtilsDelay((50*80)/3);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Erases a block of flash.
//!
//! \param ulAddress is the start address of the flash block to be erased.
//!
//! This function will erase a 2 kB block of the on-chip flash. After erasing,
//! the block will be filled with 0xFF bytes. Read-only and execute-only
//! blocks cannot be erased.
//!
//! This function will not return until the block has been erased.
//!
//! \return Returns 0 on success, or -1 if an invalid block address was
//! specified or the block is write-protected.
//
//*****************************************************************************
long
FlashErase(unsigned long ulAddress)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(!(ulAddress & (FLASH_CTRL_ERASE_SIZE - 1)));
//
// Clear the flash access and error interrupts.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCMISC)
= (FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_AMISC | FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_VOLTMISC |
FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_ERMISC);
// Erase the block.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMA) = ulAddress;
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMC)
= FLASH_CTRL_FMC_WRKEY | FLASH_CTRL_FMC_ERASE;
//
// Wait until the block has been erased.
//
while(HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMC) & FLASH_CTRL_FMC_ERASE)
{
}
//
// Return an error if an access violation or erase error occurred.
//
if(HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCRIS)
& (FLASH_CTRL_FCRIS_ARIS | FLASH_CTRL_FCRIS_VOLTRIS |
FLASH_CTRL_FCRIS_ERRIS))
{
return(-1);
}
//
// Success.
//
return(0);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Erases a block of flash but does not wait for completion.
//!
//! \param ulAddress is the start address of the flash block to be erased.
//!
//! This function will erase a 2 kB block of the on-chip flash. After erasing,
//! the block will be filled with 0xFF bytes. Read-only and execute-only
//! blocks cannot be erased.
//!
//! This function will return immediately after commanding the erase operation.
//! Applications making use of the function can determine completion state by
//! using a flash interrupt handler or by polling FlashIntStatus.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
FlashEraseNonBlocking(unsigned long ulAddress)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(!(ulAddress & (FLASH_CTRL_ERASE_SIZE - 1)));
//
// Clear the flash access and error interrupts.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCMISC) =
(FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_AMISC | FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_VOLTMISC |
FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_ERMISC);
//
// Command the flash controller to erase the block.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMA) = ulAddress;
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMC) = FLASH_CTRL_FMC_WRKEY | FLASH_CTRL_FMC_ERASE;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Erases a complele flash at shot.
//!
//! This function erases a complele flash at shot
//!
//! \return Returns 0 on success, or -1 if the block is write-protected.
//
//*****************************************************************************
long
FlashMassErase()
{
//
// Clear the flash access and error interrupts.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCMISC) =
(FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_AMISC | FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_VOLTMISC |
FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_ERMISC);
//
// Command the flash controller for mass erase.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMC) =
FLASH_CTRL_FMC_WRKEY | FLASH_CTRL_FMC_MERASE1;
//
// Wait until mass erase completes.
//
while(HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMC) & FLASH_CTRL_FMC_MERASE1)
{
}
//
// Return an error if an access violation or erase error occurred.
//
if(HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCRIS)
& (FLASH_CTRL_FCRIS_ARIS | FLASH_CTRL_FCRIS_VOLTRIS |
FLASH_CTRL_FCRIS_ERRIS))
{
return -1;
}
//
// Success.
//
return 0;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Erases a complele flash at shot but does not wait for completion.
//!
//!
//! This function will not return until the Flash has been erased.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
FlashMassEraseNonBlocking()
{
//
// Clear the flash access and error interrupts.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCMISC) =
(FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_AMISC | FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_VOLTMISC |
FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_ERMISC);
//
// Command the flash controller for mass erase.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMC) =
FLASH_CTRL_FMC_WRKEY | FLASH_CTRL_FMC_MERASE1;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Programs flash.
//!
//! \param pulData is a pointer to the data to be programmed.
//! \param ulAddress is the starting address in flash to be programmed. Must
//! be a multiple of four.
//! \param ulCount is the number of bytes to be programmed. Must be a multiple
//! of four.
//!
//! This function will program a sequence of words into the on-chip flash.
//! Each word in a page of flash can only be programmed one time between an
//! erase of that page; programming a word multiple times will result in an
//! unpredictable value in that word of flash.
//!
//! Since the flash is programmed one word at a time, the starting address and
//! byte count must both be multiples of four. It is up to the caller to
//! verify the programmed contents, if such verification is required.
//!
//! This function will not return until the data has been programmed.
//!
//! \return Returns 0 on success, or -1 if a programming error is encountered.
//
//*****************************************************************************
long
FlashProgram(unsigned long *pulData, unsigned long ulAddress,
unsigned long ulCount)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(!(ulAddress & 3));
ASSERT(!(ulCount & 3));
//
// Clear the flash access and error interrupts.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCMISC)
= (FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_AMISC | FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_VOLTMISC |
FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_INVDMISC | FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_PROGMISC);
//
// See if this device has a write buffer.
//
#if HAVE_WRITE_BUFFER
{
//
// Loop over the words to be programmed.
//
while(ulCount)
{
//
// Set the address of this block of words. for 1 MB
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMA) = ulAddress & ~(0x7F);
//
// Loop over the words in this 32-word block.
//
while(((ulAddress & 0x7C) ||
(HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FWBVAL) == 0)) &&
(ulCount != 0))
{
//
// Write this word into the write buffer.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FWBN
+ (ulAddress & 0x7C)) = *pulData++;
ulAddress += 4;
ulCount -= 4;
}
//
// Program the contents of the write buffer into flash.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMC2)
= FLASH_CTRL_FMC2_WRKEY | FLASH_CTRL_FMC2_WRBUF;
//
// Wait until the write buffer has been programmed.
//
while(HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMC2) & FLASH_CTRL_FMC2_WRBUF)
{
}
}
}
#else
{
//
// Loop over the words to be programmed.
//
while(ulCount)
{
//
// Program the next word.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMA) = ulAddress;
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMD) = *pulData;
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMC) = FLASH_CTRL_FMC_WRKEY | FLASH_CTRL_FMC_WRITE;
//
// Wait until the word has been programmed.
//
while(HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMC) & FLASH_CTRL_FMC_WRITE)
{
}
//
// Increment to the next word.
//
pulData++;
ulAddress += 4;
ulCount -= 4;
}
}
#endif
//
// Return an error if an access violation occurred.
//
if(HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCRIS) & (FLASH_CTRL_FCRIS_ARIS | FLASH_CTRL_FCRIS_VOLTRIS |
FLASH_CTRL_FCRIS_INVDRIS | FLASH_CTRL_FCRIS_PROGRIS))
{
return(-1);
}
//
// Success.
//
return(0);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Programs flash but does not poll for completion.
//!
//! \param pulData is a pointer to the data to be programmed.
//! \param ulAddress is the starting address in flash to be programmed. Must
//! be a multiple of four.
//! \param ulCount is the number of bytes to be programmed. Must be a multiple
//! of four.
//!
//! This function will start programming one or more words into the on-chip
//! flash and return immediately. The number of words that can be programmed
//! in a single call depends the part on which the function is running. For
//! parts without support for a flash write buffer, only a single word may be
//! programmed on each call to this function (\e ulCount must be 1). If a
//! write buffer is present, up to 32 words may be programmed on condition
//! that the block being programmed does not straddle a 32 word address
//! boundary. For example, wherease 32 words can be programmed if the address
//! passed is 0x100 (a multiple of 128 bytes or 32 words), only 31 words could
//! be programmed at 0x104 since attempting to write 32 would cross the 32
//! word boundary at 0x180.
//!
//! Since the flash is programmed one word at a time, the starting address and
//! byte count must both be multiples of four. It is up to the caller to
//! verify the programmed contents, if such verification is required.
//!
//! This function will return immediately after commanding the erase operation.
//! Applications making use of the function can determine completion state by
//! using a flash interrupt handler or by polling FlashIntStatus.
//!
//! \return 0 if the write was started successfully, -1 if there was an error.
//
//*****************************************************************************
long
FlashProgramNonBlocking(unsigned long *pulData, unsigned long ulAddress,
unsigned long ulCount)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(!(ulAddress & 3));
ASSERT(!(ulCount & 3));
//
// Clear the flash access and error interrupts.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCMISC)
= (FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_AMISC | FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_VOLTMISC |
FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_INVDMISC | FLASH_CTRL_FCMISC_PROGMISC);
//
// See if this device has a write buffer.
//
#if HAVE_WRITE_BUFFER
{
//
// Make sure the address/count specified doesn't straddle a 32 word
// boundary.
//
if(((ulAddress + (ulCount - 1)) & ~0x7F) != (ulAddress & ~0x7F))
{
return(-1);
}
//
// Loop over the words to be programmed.
//
while(ulCount)
{
//
// Set the address of this block of words.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMA) = ulAddress & ~(0x7F);
//
// Loop over the words in this 32-word block.
//
while(((ulAddress & 0x7C) || (HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FWBVAL) == 0)) &&
(ulCount != 0))
{
//
// Write this word into the write buffer.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FWBN + (ulAddress & 0x7C)) = *pulData++;
ulAddress += 4;
ulCount -= 4;
}
//
// Program the contents of the write buffer into flash.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMC2) = FLASH_CTRL_FMC2_WRKEY | FLASH_CTRL_FMC2_WRBUF;
}
}
#else
{
//
// We don't have a write buffer so we can only write a single word.
//
if(ulCount > 1)
{
return(-1);
}
//
// Write a single word.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMA) = ulAddress;
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMD) = *pulData;
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FMC) = FLASH_CTRL_FMC_WRKEY | FLASH_CTRL_FMC_WRITE;
}
#endif
//
// Success.
//
return(0);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the protection setting for a block of flash.
//!
//! \param ulAddress is the start address of the flash block to be queried.
//!
//! This function gets the current protection for the specified 2-kB block
//! of flash. Each block can be read/write, read-only, or execute-only.
//! Read/write blocks can be read, executed, erased, and programmed. Read-only
//! blocks can be read and executed. Execute-only blocks can only be executed;
//! processor and debugger data reads are not allowed.
//!
//! \return Returns the protection setting for this block. See
//! FlashProtectSet() for possible values.
//
//*****************************************************************************
tFlashProtection
FlashProtectGet(unsigned long ulAddress)
{
unsigned long ulFMPRE, ulFMPPE;
unsigned long ulBank;
//
// Check the argument.
//
ASSERT(!(ulAddress & (FLASH_PROTECT_SIZE - 1)));
//
// Calculate the Flash Bank from Base Address, and mask off the Bank
// from ulAddress for subsequent reference.
//
ulBank = (((ulAddress / FLASH_PROTECT_SIZE) / 32) % 16);
ulAddress &= ((FLASH_PROTECT_SIZE * 32) - 1);
//
// Read the appropriate flash protection registers for the specified
// flash bank.
//
ulFMPRE = HWREG(g_pulFMPRERegs[ulBank]);
ulFMPPE = HWREG(g_pulFMPPERegs[ulBank]);
//
// Check the appropriate protection bits for the block of memory that
// is specified by the address.
//
switch((((ulFMPRE >> (ulAddress / FLASH_PROTECT_SIZE)) &
FLASH_FMP_BLOCK_0) << 1) |
((ulFMPPE >> (ulAddress / FLASH_PROTECT_SIZE)) & FLASH_FMP_BLOCK_0))
{
//
// This block is marked as execute only (that is, it can not be erased
// or programmed, and the only reads allowed are via the instruction
// fetch interface).
//
case 0:
case 1:
{
return(FlashExecuteOnly);
}
//
// This block is marked as read only (that is, it can not be erased or
// programmed).
//
case 2:
{
return(FlashReadOnly);
}
//
// This block is read/write; it can be read, erased, and programmed.
//
case 3:
default:
{
return(FlashReadWrite);
}
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Registers an interrupt handler for the flash interrupt.
//!
//! \param pfnHandler is a pointer to the function to be called when the flash
//! interrupt occurs.
//!
//! This sets the handler to be called when the flash interrupt occurs. The
//! flash controller can generate an interrupt when an invalid flash access
//! occurs, such as trying to program or erase a read-only block, or trying to
//! read from an execute-only block. It can also generate an interrupt when a
//! program or erase operation has completed. The interrupt will be
//! automatically enabled when the handler is registered.
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
FlashIntRegister(void (*pfnHandler)(void))
{
//
// Register the interrupt handler, returning an error if an error occurs.
//
IntRegister(INT_FLASH, pfnHandler);
//
// Enable the flash interrupt.
//
IntEnable(INT_FLASH);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Unregisters the interrupt handler for the flash interrupt.
//!
//! This function will clear the handler to be called when the flash interrupt
//! occurs. This will also mask off the interrupt in the interrupt controller
//! so that the interrupt handler is no longer called.
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
FlashIntUnregister(void)
{
//
// Disable the interrupt.
//
IntDisable(INT_FLASH);
//
// Unregister the interrupt handler.
//
IntUnregister(INT_FLASH);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables individual flash controller interrupt sources.
//!
//! \param ulIntFlags is a bit mask of the interrupt sources to be enabled.
//! Can be any of the \b FLASH_CTRL_PROGRAM or \b FLASH_CTRL_ACCESS values.
//!
//! Enables the indicated flash controller interrupt sources. Only the sources
//! that are enabled can be reflected to the processor interrupt; disabled
//! sources have no effect on the processor.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
FlashIntEnable(unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
//
// Enable the specified interrupts.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCIM) |= ulIntFlags;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables individual flash controller interrupt sources.
//!
//! \param ulIntFlags is a bit mask of the interrupt sources to be disabled.
//! Can be any of the \b FLASH_CTRL_PROGRAM or \b FLASH_CTRL_ACCESS values.
//!
//! Disables the indicated flash controller interrupt sources. Only the
//! sources that are enabled can be reflected to the processor interrupt;
//! disabled sources have no effect on the processor.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
FlashIntDisable(unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
//
// Disable the specified interrupts.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCIM) &= ~(ulIntFlags);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the current interrupt status.
//!
//! \param bMasked is false if the raw interrupt status is required and true if
//! the masked interrupt status is required.
//!
//! This returns the interrupt status for the flash controller. Either the raw
//! interrupt status or the status of interrupts that are allowed to reflect to
//! the processor can be returned.
//!
//! \return The current interrupt status, enumerated as a bit field of
//! \b FLASH_CTRL_PROGRAM and \b FLASH_CTRL_ACCESS.
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long
FlashIntStatus(tBoolean bMasked)
{
//
// Return either the interrupt status or the raw interrupt status as
// requested.
//
if(bMasked)
{
return(HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCMISC));
}
else
{
return(HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCRIS));
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Clears flash controller interrupt sources.
//!
//! \param ulIntFlags is the bit mask of the interrupt sources to be cleared.
//! Can be any of the \b FLASH_CTRL_PROGRAM or \b FLASH_CTRL_AMISC values.
//!
//! The specified flash controller interrupt sources are cleared, so that they
//! no longer assert. This must be done in the interrupt handler to keep it
//! from being called again immediately upon exit.
//!
//! \note Because there is a write buffer in the Cortex-M3 processor, it may
//! take several clock cycles before the interrupt source is actually cleared.
//! Therefore, it is recommended that the interrupt source be cleared early in
//! the interrupt handler (as opposed to the very last action) to avoid
//! returning from the interrupt handler before the interrupt source is
//! actually cleared. Failure to do so may result in the interrupt handler
//! being immediately reentered (because the interrupt controller still sees
//! the interrupt source asserted).
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
FlashIntClear(unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
//
// Clear the flash interrupt.
//
HWREG(FLASH_CONTROL_BASE + FLASH_CTRL_O_FCMISC) = ulIntFlags;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

115
driverlib/flash.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// flash.h
//
// Prototypes for the flash driver.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __FLASH_H__
#define __FLASH_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to FlashProtectSet(), and returned by
// FlashProtectGet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
typedef enum
{
FlashReadWrite, // Flash can be read and written
FlashReadOnly, // Flash can only be read
FlashExecuteOnly // Flash can only be executed
}
tFlashProtection;
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values passed to FlashIntEnable(), FlashIntDisable() and FlashIntClear() and
// returned from FlashIntStatus().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define FLASH_INT_PROGRAM 0x00000002 // Programming Interrupt Mask
#define FLASH_INT_ACCESS 0x00000001 // Access Interrupt Mask
#define FLASH_INT_EEPROM 0x00000004 // EEPROM Interrupt Mask
#define FLASH_INT_VOLTAGE_ERR 0x00000200 // Voltage Error Interrupt Mask
#define FLASH_INT_DATA_ERR 0x00000400 // Invalid Data Interrupt Mask
#define FLASH_INT_ERASE_ERR 0x00000800 // Erase Error Interrupt Mask
#define FLASH_INT_PROGRAM_ERR 0x00002000 // Program Verify Error Interrupt Mask
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Prototypes for the APIs.
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void FlashDisable(void);
extern long FlashErase(unsigned long ulAddress);
extern void FlashEraseNonBlocking(unsigned long ulAddress);
extern long FlashMassErase(void);
extern void FlashMassEraseNonBlocking(void);
extern long FlashProgram(unsigned long *pulData, unsigned long ulAddress,
unsigned long ulCount);
extern long FlashProgramNonBlocking(unsigned long *pulData,
unsigned long ulAddress,
unsigned long ulCount);
extern void FlashIntRegister(void (*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void FlashIntUnregister(void);
extern void FlashIntEnable(unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void FlashIntDisable(unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern unsigned long FlashIntStatus(tBoolean bMasked);
extern void FlashIntClear(unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern tFlashProtection FlashProtectGet(unsigned long ulAddress);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __FLASH_H__

114
driverlib/gcc/Makefile Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
#******************************************************************************
#
# Makefile - Rules for building the driver library.
#
# Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http:#www.ti.com/
#
#
# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
# are met:
#
# Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#
# Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
# documentation and/or other materials provided with the
# distribution.
#
# Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
# its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
# from this software without specific prior written permission.
#
# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
# "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
# LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
# A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
# OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
# LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
# DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
# THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
# (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
# OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#
#*****************************************************************************
#
# The base directory
#
ROOT=../../
#
# Include the common make definitions.
#
include ${ROOT}/tools/gcc_scripts/makedefs
#
# Where to find header files that do not live in the source directory.
#
VPATH=..
#
# Where to find header files that do not live in the source directory.
#
IPATH= ..
IPATH+= ../../
#
# The default rule, which causes the driver library to be built.
#
all: ${OBJDIR} ${BINDIR}
all: ${BINDIR}/libdriver.a
#
# The rule to clean out all the build products.
#
clean:
@rm -rf ${OBJDIR} ${wildcard *~}
@rm -rf ${BINDIR} ${wildcard *~}
#
# The rule to create the target directories.
#
${OBJDIR}:
@mkdir -p ${OBJDIR}
${BINDIR}:
@mkdir -p ${BINDIR}
#
# Rules for building the driver library.
#
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/adc.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/aes.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/camera.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/cpu.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/crc.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/des.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/flash.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/gpio.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/hwspinlock.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/i2c.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/interrupt.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/i2s.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/pin.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/prcm.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/sdhost.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/shamd5.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/spi.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/systick.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/timer.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/uart.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/udma.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/utils.o
${BINDIR}/libdriver.a: ${OBJDIR}/wdt.o
#
# Include the automatically generated dependency files.
#
ifneq (${MAKECMDGOALS},clean)
-include ${wildcard ${OBJDIR}/*.d} __dummy__
endif

716
driverlib/gpio.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,716 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// gpio.c
//
// Driver for the GPIO module.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup GPIO_General_Purpose_InputOutput_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include "inc/hw_types.h"
#include "inc/hw_gpio.h"
#include "inc/hw_ints.h"
#include "inc/hw_memmap.h"
#include "inc/hw_common_reg.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "gpio.h"
#include "interrupt.h"
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \internal
//! Checks a GPIO base address.
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//!
//! This function determines if a GPIO port base address is valid.
//!
//! \return Returns \b true if the base address is valid and \b false
//! otherwise.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef DEBUG
static tBoolean
GPIOBaseValid(unsigned long ulPort)
{
return((ulPort == GPIOA0_BASE) ||
(ulPort == GPIOA1_BASE) ||
(ulPort == GPIOA2_BASE) ||
(ulPort == GPIOA3_BASE) ||
(ulPort == GPIOA4_BASE));
}
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \internal
//! Gets the GPIO interrupt number.
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//!
//! Given a GPIO base address, returns the corresponding interrupt number.
//!
//! \return Returns a GPIO interrupt number, or -1 if \e ulPort is invalid.
//
//*****************************************************************************
static long
GPIOGetIntNumber(unsigned long ulPort)
{
unsigned int ulInt;
//
// Determine the GPIO interrupt number for the given module.
//
switch(ulPort)
{
case GPIOA0_BASE:
{
ulInt = INT_GPIOA0;
break;
}
case GPIOA1_BASE:
{
ulInt = INT_GPIOA1;
break;
}
case GPIOA2_BASE:
{
ulInt = INT_GPIOA2;
break;
}
case GPIOA3_BASE:
{
ulInt = INT_GPIOA3;
break;
}
default:
{
return(-1);
}
}
//
// Return GPIO interrupt number.
//
return(ulInt);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the direction and mode of the specified pin(s).
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port
//! \param ucPins is the bit-packed representation of the pin(s).
//! \param ulPinIO is the pin direction and/or mode.
//!
//! This function will set the specified pin(s) on the selected GPIO port
//! as either an input or output under software control, or it will set the
//! pin to be under hardware control.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulPinIO is an enumerated data type that can be one of
//! the following values:
//!
//! - \b GPIO_DIR_MODE_IN
//! - \b GPIO_DIR_MODE_OUT
//!
//! where \b GPIO_DIR_MODE_IN specifies that the pin will be programmed as
//! a software controlled input, \b GPIO_DIR_MODE_OUT specifies that the pin
//! will be programmed as a software controlled output.
//!
//! The pin(s) are specified using a bit-packed byte, where each bit that is
//! set identifies the pin to be accessed, and where bit 0 of the byte
//! represents GPIO port pin 0, bit 1 represents GPIO port pin 1, and so on.
//!
//! \note GPIOPadConfigSet() must also be used to configure the corresponding
//! pad(s) in order for them to propagate the signal to/from the GPIO.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
GPIODirModeSet(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned char ucPins,
unsigned long ulPinIO)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
ASSERT((ulPinIO == GPIO_DIR_MODE_IN) || (ulPinIO == GPIO_DIR_MODE_OUT));
//
// Set the pin direction and mode.
//
HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_DIR) = ((ulPinIO & 1) ?
(HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_DIR) | ucPins) :
(HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_DIR) & ~(ucPins)));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the direction and mode of a pin.
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//! \param ucPin is the pin number.
//!
//! This function gets the direction and control mode for a specified pin on
//! the selected GPIO port. The pin can be configured as either an input or
//! output under software control, or it can be under hardware control. The
//! type of control and direction are returned as an enumerated data type.
//!
//! \return Returns one of the enumerated data types described for
//! GPIODirModeSet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long
GPIODirModeGet(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned char ucPin)
{
unsigned long ulDir;
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
ASSERT(ucPin < 8);
//
// Convert from a pin number to a bit position.
//
ucPin = 1 << ucPin;
//
// Return the pin direction and mode.
//
ulDir = HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_DIR);
return(((ulDir & ucPin) ? 1 : 0));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the interrupt type for the specified pin(s).
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//! \param ucPins is the bit-packed representation of the pin(s).
//! \param ulIntType specifies the type of interrupt trigger mechanism.
//!
//! This function sets up the various interrupt trigger mechanisms for the
//! specified pin(s) on the selected GPIO port.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulIntType is an enumerated data type that can be one of
//! the following values:
//!
//! - \b GPIO_FALLING_EDGE
//! - \b GPIO_RISING_EDGE
//! - \b GPIO_BOTH_EDGES
//! - \b GPIO_LOW_LEVEL
//! - \b GPIO_HIGH_LEVEL
//!
//! The pin(s) are specified using a bit-packed byte, where each bit that is
//! set identifies the pin to be accessed, and where bit 0 of the byte
//! represents GPIO port pin 0, bit 1 represents GPIO port pin 1, and so on.
//!
//! \note In order to avoid any spurious interrupts, the user must
//! ensure that the GPIO inputs remain stable for the duration of
//! this function.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
GPIOIntTypeSet(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned char ucPins,
unsigned long ulIntType)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
ASSERT((ulIntType == GPIO_FALLING_EDGE) ||
(ulIntType == GPIO_RISING_EDGE) || (ulIntType == GPIO_BOTH_EDGES) ||
(ulIntType == GPIO_LOW_LEVEL) || (ulIntType == GPIO_HIGH_LEVEL));
//
// Set the pin interrupt type.
//
HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IBE) = ((ulIntType & 1) ?
(HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IBE) | ucPins) :
(HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IBE) & ~(ucPins)));
HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IS) = ((ulIntType & 2) ?
(HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IS) | ucPins) :
(HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IS) & ~(ucPins)));
HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IEV) = ((ulIntType & 4) ?
(HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IEV) | ucPins) :
(HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IEV) & ~(ucPins)));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the interrupt type for a pin.
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//! \param ucPin is the pin number.
//!
//! This function gets the interrupt type for a specified pin on the selected
//! GPIO port. The pin can be configured as a falling edge, rising edge, or
//! both edge detected interrupt, or it can be configured as a low level or
//! high level detected interrupt. The type of interrupt detection mechanism
//! is returned as an enumerated data type.
//!
//! \return Returns one of the enumerated data types described for
//! GPIOIntTypeSet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long
GPIOIntTypeGet(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned char ucPin)
{
unsigned long ulIBE, ulIS, ulIEV;
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
ASSERT(ucPin < 8);
//
// Convert from a pin number to a bit position.
//
ucPin = 1 << ucPin;
//
// Return the pin interrupt type.
//
ulIBE = HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IBE);
ulIS = HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IS);
ulIEV = HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IEV);
return(((ulIBE & ucPin) ? 1 : 0) | ((ulIS & ucPin) ? 2 : 0) |
((ulIEV & ucPin) ? 4 : 0));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables the specified GPIO interrupts.
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//! \param ulIntFlags is the bit mask of the interrupt sources to enable.
//!
//! This function enables the indicated GPIO interrupt sources. Only the
//! sources that are enabled can be reflected to the processor interrupt;
//! disabled sources have no effect on the processor.
//!
//! The \e ulIntFlags parameter is the logical OR of any of the following:
//!
//! - \b GPIO_INT_DMA - interrupt due to GPIO triggered DMA Done
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_0 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 0.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_1 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 1.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_2 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 2.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_3 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 3.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_4 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 4.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_5 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 5.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_6 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 6.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_7 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 7.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
GPIOIntEnable(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
//
// Enable the interrupts.
//
HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IM) |= ulIntFlags;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables the specified GPIO interrupts.
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//! \param ulIntFlags is the bit mask of the interrupt sources to disable.
//!
//! This function disables the indicated GPIO interrupt sources. Only the
//! sources that are enabled can be reflected to the processor interrupt;
//! disabled sources have no effect on the processor.
//!
//! The \e ulIntFlags parameter is the logical OR of any of the following:
//!
//! - \b GPIO_INT_DMA - interrupt due to GPIO triggered DMA Done
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_0 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 0.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_1 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 1.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_2 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 2.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_3 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 3.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_4 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 4.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_5 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 5.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_6 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 6.
//! - \b GPIO_INT_PIN_7 - interrupt due to activity on Pin 7.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
GPIOIntDisable(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
//
// Disable the interrupts.
//
HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_IM) &= ~(ulIntFlags);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets interrupt status for the specified GPIO port.
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//! \param bMasked specifies whether masked or raw interrupt status is
//! returned.
//!
//! If \e bMasked is set as \b true, then the masked interrupt status is
//! returned; otherwise, the raw interrupt status will be returned.
//!
//! \return Returns the current interrupt status, enumerated as a bit field of
//! values described in GPIOIntEnable().
//
//*****************************************************************************
long
GPIOIntStatus(unsigned long ulPort, tBoolean bMasked)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
//
// Return the interrupt status.
//
if(bMasked)
{
return(HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_MIS));
}
else
{
return(HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_RIS));
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Clears the interrupt for the specified pin(s).
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//! \param ulIntFlags is a bit mask of the interrupt sources to be cleared.
//!
//! Clears the interrupt for the specified pin(s).
//!
//! The \e ulIntFlags parameter has the same definition as the \e ulIntFlags
//! parameter to GPIOIntEnable().
//!
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
GPIOIntClear(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
//
// Clear the interrupts.
//
HWREG(ulPort + GPIO_O_GPIO_ICR) = ulIntFlags;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Registers an interrupt handler for a GPIO port.
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//! \param pfnIntHandler is a pointer to the GPIO port interrupt handling
//! function.
//!
//! This function will ensure that the interrupt handler specified by
//! \e pfnIntHandler is called when an interrupt is detected from the selected
//! GPIO port. This function will also enable the corresponding GPIO interrupt
//! in the interrupt controller; individual pin interrupts and interrupt
//! sources must be enabled with GPIOIntEnable().
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
GPIOIntRegister(unsigned long ulPort, void (*pfnIntHandler)(void))
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
//
// Get the interrupt number associated with the specified GPIO.
//
ulPort = GPIOGetIntNumber(ulPort);
//
// Register the interrupt handler.
//
IntRegister(ulPort, pfnIntHandler);
//
// Enable the GPIO interrupt.
//
IntEnable(ulPort);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Removes an interrupt handler for a GPIO port.
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//!
//! This function will unregister the interrupt handler for the specified
//! GPIO port. This function will also disable the corresponding
//! GPIO port interrupt in the interrupt controller; individual GPIO interrupts
//! and interrupt sources must be disabled with GPIOIntDisable().
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
GPIOIntUnregister(unsigned long ulPort)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
//
// Get the interrupt number associated with the specified GPIO.
//
ulPort = GPIOGetIntNumber(ulPort);
//
// Disable the GPIO interrupt.
//
IntDisable(ulPort);
//
// Unregister the interrupt handler.
//
IntUnregister(ulPort);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Reads the values present of the specified pin(s).
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//! \param ucPins is the bit-packed representation of the pin(s).
//!
//! The values at the specified pin(s) are read, as specified by \e ucPins.
//! Values are returned for both input and output pin(s), and the value
//! for pin(s) that are not specified by \e ucPins are set to 0.
//!
//! The pin(s) are specified using a bit-packed byte, where each bit that is
//! set identifies the pin to be accessed, and where bit 0 of the byte
//! represents GPIO port pin 0, bit 1 represents GPIO port pin 1, and so on.
//!
//! \return Returns a bit-packed byte providing the state of the specified
//! pin, where bit 0 of the byte represents GPIO port pin 0, bit 1 represents
//! GPIO port pin 1, and so on. Any bit that is not specified by \e ucPins
//! is returned as a 0. Bits 31:8 should be ignored.
//
//*****************************************************************************
long
GPIOPinRead(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned char ucPins)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
//
// Return the pin value(s).
//
return(HWREG(ulPort + (GPIO_O_GPIO_DATA + (ucPins << 2))));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Writes a value to the specified pin(s).
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//! \param ucPins is the bit-packed representation of the pin(s).
//! \param ucVal is the value to write to the pin(s).
//!
//! Writes the corresponding bit values to the output pin(s) specified by
//! \e ucPins. Writing to a pin configured as an input pin has no effect.
//!
//! The pin(s) are specified using a bit-packed byte, where each bit that is
//! set identifies the pin to be accessed, and where bit 0 of the byte
//! represents GPIO port pin 0, bit 1 represents GPIO port pin 1, and so on.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
GPIOPinWrite(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned char ucPins, unsigned char ucVal)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
//
// Write the pins.
//
HWREG(ulPort + (GPIO_O_GPIO_DATA + (ucPins << 2))) = ucVal;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables a GPIO port as a trigger to start a DMA transaction.
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//!
//! This function enables a GPIO port to be used as a trigger to start a uDMA
//! transaction. The GPIO pin will still generate interrupts if the interrupt is
//! enabled for the selected pin.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
GPIODMATriggerEnable(unsigned long ulPort)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
//
// Set the pin as a DMA trigger.
//
if(ulPort == GPIOA0_BASE)
{
HWREG(COMMON_REG_BASE + COMMON_REG_O_APPS_GPIO_TRIG_EN) |= 0x1;
}
else if(ulPort == GPIOA1_BASE)
{
HWREG(COMMON_REG_BASE + COMMON_REG_O_APPS_GPIO_TRIG_EN) |= 0x2;
}
else if(ulPort == GPIOA2_BASE)
{
HWREG(COMMON_REG_BASE + COMMON_REG_O_APPS_GPIO_TRIG_EN) |= 0x4;
}
else if(ulPort == GPIOA3_BASE)
{
HWREG(COMMON_REG_BASE + COMMON_REG_O_APPS_GPIO_TRIG_EN) |= 0x8;
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables a GPIO port as a trigger to start a DMA transaction.
//!
//! \param ulPort is the base address of the GPIO port.
//!
//! This function disables a GPIO port to be used as a trigger to start a uDMA
//! transaction. This function can be used to disable this feature if it was
//! enabled via a call to GPIODMATriggerEnable().
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
GPIODMATriggerDisable(unsigned long ulPort)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(GPIOBaseValid(ulPort));
//
// Set the pin as a DMA trigger.
//
if(ulPort == GPIOA0_BASE)
{
HWREG(COMMON_REG_BASE + COMMON_REG_O_APPS_GPIO_TRIG_EN) &= ~0x1;
}
else if(ulPort == GPIOA1_BASE)
{
HWREG(COMMON_REG_BASE + COMMON_REG_O_APPS_GPIO_TRIG_EN) &= ~0x2;
}
else if(ulPort == GPIOA2_BASE)
{
HWREG(COMMON_REG_BASE + COMMON_REG_O_APPS_GPIO_TRIG_EN) &= ~0x4;
}
else if(ulPort == GPIOA3_BASE)
{
HWREG(COMMON_REG_BASE + COMMON_REG_O_APPS_GPIO_TRIG_EN) &= ~0x8;
}
}
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

139
driverlib/gpio.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// gpio.h
//
// Defines and Macros for GPIO API.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __GPIO_H__
#define __GPIO_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following values define the bit field for the ucPins argument to several
// of the APIs.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define GPIO_PIN_0 0x00000001 // GPIO pin 0
#define GPIO_PIN_1 0x00000002 // GPIO pin 1
#define GPIO_PIN_2 0x00000004 // GPIO pin 2
#define GPIO_PIN_3 0x00000008 // GPIO pin 3
#define GPIO_PIN_4 0x00000010 // GPIO pin 4
#define GPIO_PIN_5 0x00000020 // GPIO pin 5
#define GPIO_PIN_6 0x00000040 // GPIO pin 6
#define GPIO_PIN_7 0x00000080 // GPIO pin 7
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to GPIODirModeSet as the ulPinIO parameter, and
// returned from GPIODirModeGet.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define GPIO_DIR_MODE_IN 0x00000000 // Pin is a GPIO input
#define GPIO_DIR_MODE_OUT 0x00000001 // Pin is a GPIO output
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to GPIOIntTypeSet as the ulIntType parameter, and
// returned from GPIOIntTypeGet.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define GPIO_FALLING_EDGE 0x00000000 // Interrupt on falling edge
#define GPIO_RISING_EDGE 0x00000004 // Interrupt on rising edge
#define GPIO_BOTH_EDGES 0x00000001 // Interrupt on both edges
#define GPIO_LOW_LEVEL 0x00000002 // Interrupt on low level
#define GPIO_HIGH_LEVEL 0x00000006 // Interrupt on high level
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to GPIOIntEnable() and GPIOIntDisable() functions
// in the ulIntFlags parameter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define GPIO_INT_DMA 0x00000100
#define GPIO_INT_PIN_0 0x00000001
#define GPIO_INT_PIN_1 0x00000002
#define GPIO_INT_PIN_2 0x00000004
#define GPIO_INT_PIN_3 0x00000008
#define GPIO_INT_PIN_4 0x00000010
#define GPIO_INT_PIN_5 0x00000020
#define GPIO_INT_PIN_6 0x00000040
#define GPIO_INT_PIN_7 0x00000080
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Prototypes for the APIs.
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void GPIODirModeSet(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned char ucPins,
unsigned long ulPinIO);
extern unsigned long GPIODirModeGet(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned char ucPin);
extern void GPIOIntTypeSet(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned char ucPins,
unsigned long ulIntType);
extern void GPIODMATriggerEnable(unsigned long ulPort);
extern void GPIODMATriggerDisable(unsigned long ulPort);
extern unsigned long GPIOIntTypeGet(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned char ucPin);
extern void GPIOIntEnable(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void GPIOIntDisable(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern long GPIOIntStatus(unsigned long ulPort, tBoolean bMasked);
extern void GPIOIntClear(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void GPIOIntRegister(unsigned long ulPort,
void (*pfnIntHandler)(void));
extern void GPIOIntUnregister(unsigned long ulPort);
extern long GPIOPinRead(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned char ucPins);
extern void GPIOPinWrite(unsigned long ulPort, unsigned char ucPins,
unsigned char ucVal);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __GPIO_H__

269
driverlib/hwspinlock.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// hwspinlock.c
//
// Driver for the Apps-NWP spinlock
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup HwSpinLock_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "inc/hw_types.h"
#include "inc/hw_memmap.h"
#include "inc/hw_ints.h"
#include "inc/hw_common_reg.h"
#include "hwspinlock.h"
//*****************************************************************************
// Global semaphore register list
//*****************************************************************************
static const uint32_t HwSpinLock_RegLst[]=
{
COMMON_REG_BASE + COMMON_REG_O_SPI_Properties_Register
};
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Acquire specified spin lock.
//!
//! \param ui32LockID is one of the valid spin lock.
//!
//! This function acquires specified spin lock and will not retun util the
//! specified lock is acquired.
//!
//! The parameter \e ui32LockID should \b HWSPINLOCK_MCSPIS0.
//!
//! return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void HwSpinLockAcquire(uint32_t ui32LockID)
{
uint32_t ui32BitPos;
uint32_t ui32SemVal;
uint32_t ui32RegAddr;
//
// Extract the bit position from the
// LockID
//
ui32BitPos = ((ui32LockID >> 16) & 0x0FFF);
ui32RegAddr = HwSpinLock_RegLst[ui32LockID & 0xF];
//
// Set the corresponding
// ownership bits to 'b01
//
ui32SemVal = (0xFFFFFFFF ^ (0x2 << ui32BitPos));
//
// Retry untill we succeed
//
do
{
HWREG(ui32RegAddr) = ui32SemVal;
}
while( !(HWREG(ui32RegAddr) & (1 << ui32BitPos )) );
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Try to acquire specified spin lock.
//!
//! \param ui32LockID is one of the valid spin lock.
//! \param ui32Retry is the number of reties.
//!
//! This function tries acquire specified spin lock in \e ui32Retry retries.
//!
//! The parameter \e ui32Retry can be any value between 0 and 2^32.
//!
//! return Returns 0 on success, -1 otherwise.
//
//*****************************************************************************
int32_t HwSpinLockTryAcquire(uint32_t ui32LockID, uint32_t ui32Retry)
{
uint32_t ui32BitPos;
uint32_t ui32SemVal;
uint32_t ui32RegAddr;
//
// Extract the bit position from the
// LockID
//
ui32BitPos = ((ui32LockID >> 16) & 0x0FFF);
ui32RegAddr = HwSpinLock_RegLst[ui32LockID & 0xF];
//
// Set the corresponding
// ownership bits to 'b01
//
ui32SemVal = (0xFFFFFFFF ^ (0x2 << ui32BitPos));
//
// Check for 0 retry.
//
if(ui32Retry == 0)
{
ui32Retry = 1;
}
//
// Retry the number of times specified
//
do
{
HWREG(ui32RegAddr) = ui32SemVal;
ui32Retry--;
}
while( !(HWREG(ui32RegAddr) & (1 << ui32BitPos )) && ui32Retry );
//
// Check the semaphore status
//
if(HWREG(ui32RegAddr) & (1 << ui32BitPos ))
{
return 0;
}
else
{
return -1;
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Release a previously owned spin lock
//!
//! \param ui32LockID is one of the valid spin lock.
//!
//! This function releases previously owned spin lock.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void HwSpinLockRelease(uint32_t ui32LockID)
{
uint32_t ui32BitPos;
uint32_t ui32SemVal;
//
// Extract the bit position from the
// lock id.
//
ui32BitPos = ((ui32LockID >> 16) & 0x00FF);
//
// Release the spin lock, only if already owned
//
if(HWREG(HwSpinLock_RegLst[ui32LockID & 0xF]) & (1 << ui32BitPos ))
{
ui32SemVal = (0xFFFFFFFF & ~(0x3 << ui32BitPos));
HWREG(HwSpinLock_RegLst[ui32LockID & 0xF]) = ui32SemVal;
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Get the current or previous ownership status.
//!
//! \param ui32LockID is one of the valid spin lock.
//! \param bCurrentStatus is \b true for current status, \b flase otherwise
//!
//! This function gets the current or previous ownership status of the
//! specified spin lock based on \e bCurrentStatus parameter.
//!
//! \return Returns \b HWSPINLOCK_OWNER_APPS, \b HWSPINLOCK_OWNER_NWP or
//! \b HWSPINLOCK_OWNER_NONE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
uint32_t HwSpinLockTest(uint32_t ui32LockID, bool bCurrentStatus)
{
uint32_t ui32BitPos;
uint32_t ui32SemVal;
if(bCurrentStatus)
{
//
// Extract the bit position from the
// lock id.
//
ui32BitPos = ((ui32LockID >> 16) & 0x00FF);
//
// return semaphore
//
return((HWREG(HwSpinLock_RegLst[ui32LockID & 0xF]) >> ui32BitPos ) & 0x3 );
}
else
{
//
// Extract the bit position
//
ui32BitPos = ((ui32LockID >> 24) & 0xFF);
//
// Identify which register to read
//
if(ui32LockID & 0xF > 4)
{
ui32SemVal = ((HWREG(COMMON_REG_BASE +
COMMON_REG_O_SEMAPHORE_PREV_OWNER1) >> ui32BitPos ) & 0x3);
}
else
{
ui32SemVal = ((HWREG(COMMON_REG_BASE +
COMMON_REG_O_SEMAPHORE_PREV_OWNER2) >> ui32BitPos ) & 0x3);
}
//
// return the owner
//
return ui32SemVal;
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

85
driverlib/hwspinlock.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// hwspinlock.h
//
// Prototypes for the Apps-NWP spinlock.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __HWSPINLOCK_H__
#define __HWSPINLOCK_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
// values that can be passed to API as ui32LockID parameter
//*****************************************************************************
#define HWSPINLOCK_SSPI 0x02000000
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that are returned from HwSpinLockTest()
//*****************************************************************************
#define HWSPINLOCK_OWNER_APPS 0x00000001
#define HWSPINLOCK_OWNER_NWP 0x00000002
#define HWSPINLOCK_OWNER_NONE 0x00000000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// API Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void HwSpinLockAcquire(uint32_t ui32LockID);
extern int32_t HwSpinLockTryAcquire(uint32_t ui32LockID, uint32_t ui32Retry);
extern void HwSpinLockRelease(uint32_t ui32LockID);
extern uint32_t HwSpinLockTest(uint32_t ui32LockID, bool bCurrentStatus);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __HWSPINLOCK_H__

2055
driverlib/i2c.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

361
driverlib/i2c.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// i2c.h
//
// Prototypes for the I2C Driver.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __DRIVERLIB_I2C_H__
#define __DRIVERLIB_I2C_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Defines for the API.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Interrupt defines.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2C_INT_MASTER 0x00000001
#define I2C_INT_SLAVE 0x00000002
//*****************************************************************************
//
// I2C Master commands.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_SINGLE_SEND \
0x00000007
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_SINGLE_RECEIVE \
0x00000007
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_BURST_SEND_START \
0x00000003
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_BURST_SEND_CONT \
0x00000001
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_BURST_SEND_FINISH \
0x00000005
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_BURST_SEND_STOP \
0x00000004
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_BURST_SEND_ERROR_STOP \
0x00000004
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_BURST_RECEIVE_START \
0x0000000b
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_BURST_RECEIVE_CONT \
0x00000009
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_BURST_RECEIVE_FINISH \
0x00000005
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_BURST_RECEIVE_ERROR_STOP \
0x00000004
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_QUICK_COMMAND \
0x00000027
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_HS_MASTER_CODE_SEND \
0x00000013
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_FIFO_SINGLE_SEND \
0x00000046
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_FIFO_SINGLE_RECEIVE \
0x00000046
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_FIFO_BURST_SEND_START \
0x00000042
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_FIFO_BURST_SEND_CONT \
0x00000040
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_FIFO_BURST_SEND_FINISH \
0x00000044
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_FIFO_BURST_SEND_ERROR_STOP \
0x00000004
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_FIFO_BURST_RECEIVE_START \
0x0000004a
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_FIFO_BURST_RECEIVE_CONT \
0x00000048
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_FIFO_BURST_RECEIVE_FINISH \
0x00000044
#define I2C_MASTER_CMD_FIFO_BURST_RECEIVE_ERROR_STOP \
0x00000004
//*****************************************************************************
//
// I2C Master glitch filter configuration.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2C_MASTER_GLITCH_FILTER_DISABLED \
0
#define I2C_MASTER_GLITCH_FILTER_1 \
0x00010000
#define I2C_MASTER_GLITCH_FILTER_2 \
0x00020000
#define I2C_MASTER_GLITCH_FILTER_3 \
0x00030000
#define I2C_MASTER_GLITCH_FILTER_4 \
0x00040000
#define I2C_MASTER_GLITCH_FILTER_8 \
0x00050000
#define I2C_MASTER_GLITCH_FILTER_16 \
0x00060000
#define I2C_MASTER_GLITCH_FILTER_32 \
0x00070000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// I2C Master error status.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2C_MASTER_ERR_NONE 0
#define I2C_MASTER_ERR_ADDR_ACK 0x00000004
#define I2C_MASTER_ERR_DATA_ACK 0x00000008
#define I2C_MASTER_ERR_ARB_LOST 0x00000010
#define I2C_MASTER_ERR_CLK_TOUT 0x00000080
//*****************************************************************************
//
// I2C Slave action requests
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2C_SLAVE_ACT_NONE 0
#define I2C_SLAVE_ACT_RREQ 0x00000001 // Master has sent data
#define I2C_SLAVE_ACT_TREQ 0x00000002 // Master has requested data
#define I2C_SLAVE_ACT_RREQ_FBR 0x00000005 // Master has sent first byte
#define I2C_SLAVE_ACT_OWN2SEL 0x00000008 // Master requested secondary slave
#define I2C_SLAVE_ACT_QCMD 0x00000010 // Master has sent a Quick Command
#define I2C_SLAVE_ACT_QCMD_DATA 0x00000020 // Master Quick Command value
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Miscellaneous I2C driver definitions.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2C_MASTER_MAX_RETRIES 1000 // Number of retries
//*****************************************************************************
//
// I2C Master interrupts.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2C_MASTER_INT_RX_FIFO_FULL \
0x00000800 // RX FIFO Full Interrupt
#define I2C_MASTER_INT_TX_FIFO_EMPTY \
0x00000400 // TX FIFO Empty Interrupt
#define I2C_MASTER_INT_RX_FIFO_REQ \
0x00000200 // RX FIFO Request Interrupt
#define I2C_MASTER_INT_TX_FIFO_REQ \
0x00000100 // TX FIFO Request Interrupt
#define I2C_MASTER_INT_ARB_LOST \
0x00000080 // Arb Lost Interrupt
#define I2C_MASTER_INT_STOP 0x00000040 // Stop Condition Interrupt
#define I2C_MASTER_INT_START 0x00000020 // Start Condition Interrupt
#define I2C_MASTER_INT_NACK 0x00000010 // Addr/Data NACK Interrupt
#define I2C_MASTER_INT_TX_DMA_DONE \
0x00000008 // TX DMA Complete Interrupt
#define I2C_MASTER_INT_RX_DMA_DONE \
0x00000004 // RX DMA Complete Interrupt
#define I2C_MASTER_INT_TIMEOUT 0x00000002 // Clock Timeout Interrupt
#define I2C_MASTER_INT_DATA 0x00000001 // Data Interrupt
//*****************************************************************************
//
// I2C Slave interrupts.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2C_SLAVE_INT_RX_FIFO_FULL \
0x00000100 // RX FIFO Full Interrupt
#define I2C_SLAVE_INT_TX_FIFO_EMPTY \
0x00000080 // TX FIFO Empty Interrupt
#define I2C_SLAVE_INT_RX_FIFO_REQ \
0x00000040 // RX FIFO Request Interrupt
#define I2C_SLAVE_INT_TX_FIFO_REQ \
0x00000020 // TX FIFO Request Interrupt
#define I2C_SLAVE_INT_TX_DMA_DONE \
0x00000010 // TX DMA Complete Interrupt
#define I2C_SLAVE_INT_RX_DMA_DONE \
0x00000008 // RX DMA Complete Interrupt
#define I2C_SLAVE_INT_STOP 0x00000004 // Stop Condition Interrupt
#define I2C_SLAVE_INT_START 0x00000002 // Start Condition Interrupt
#define I2C_SLAVE_INT_DATA 0x00000001 // Data Interrupt
//*****************************************************************************
//
// I2C Slave FIFO configuration macros.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2C_SLAVE_TX_FIFO_ENABLE \
0x00000002
#define I2C_SLAVE_RX_FIFO_ENABLE \
0x00000004
//*****************************************************************************
//
// I2C FIFO configuration macros.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_MASTER 0x00000000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_SLAVE 0x00008000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_MASTER 0x00000000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_SLAVE 0x80000000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_MASTER_DMA \
0x00002000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_SLAVE_DMA \
0x0000a000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_MASTER_DMA \
0x20000000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_SLAVE_DMA \
0xa0000000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_NO_TRIG 0x00000000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_TRIG_1 0x00000001
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_TRIG_2 0x00000002
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_TRIG_3 0x00000003
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_TRIG_4 0x00000004
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_TRIG_5 0x00000005
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_TRIG_6 0x00000006
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_TRIG_7 0x00000007
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_TX_TRIG_8 0x00000008
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_NO_TRIG 0x00000000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_TRIG_1 0x00010000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_TRIG_2 0x00020000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_TRIG_3 0x00030000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_TRIG_4 0x00040000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_TRIG_5 0x00050000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_TRIG_6 0x00060000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_TRIG_7 0x00070000
#define I2C_FIFO_CFG_RX_TRIG_8 0x00080000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// I2C FIFO status.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2C_FIFO_RX_BELOW_TRIG_LEVEL \
0x00040000
#define I2C_FIFO_RX_FULL 0x00020000
#define I2C_FIFO_RX_EMPTY 0x00010000
#define I2C_FIFO_TX_BELOW_TRIG_LEVEL \
0x00000004
#define I2C_FIFO_TX_FULL 0x00000002
#define I2C_FIFO_TX_EMPTY 0x00000001
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Prototypes for the APIs.
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void I2CIntRegister(uint32_t ui32Base, void(pfnHandler)(void));
extern void I2CIntUnregister(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CTxFIFOConfigSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Config);
extern void I2CTxFIFOFlush(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CRxFIFOConfigSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Config);
extern void I2CRxFIFOFlush(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern uint32_t I2CFIFOStatus(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CFIFODataPut(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t ui8Data);
extern uint32_t I2CFIFODataPutNonBlocking(uint32_t ui32Base,
uint8_t ui8Data);
extern uint32_t I2CFIFODataGet(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern uint32_t I2CFIFODataGetNonBlocking(uint32_t ui32Base,
uint8_t *pui8Data);
extern void I2CMasterBurstLengthSet(uint32_t ui32Base,
uint8_t ui8Length);
extern uint32_t I2CMasterBurstCountGet(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CMasterGlitchFilterConfigSet(uint32_t ui32Base,
uint32_t ui32Config);
extern void I2CSlaveFIFOEnable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Config);
extern void I2CSlaveFIFODisable(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern bool I2CMasterBusBusy(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern bool I2CMasterBusy(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CMasterControl(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Cmd);
extern uint32_t I2CMasterDataGet(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CMasterDataPut(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t ui8Data);
extern void I2CMasterDisable(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CMasterEnable(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern uint32_t I2CMasterErr(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CMasterInitExpClk(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32I2CClk,
bool bFast);
extern void I2CMasterIntClear(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CMasterIntDisable(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CMasterIntEnable(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern bool I2CMasterIntStatus(uint32_t ui32Base, bool bMasked);
extern void I2CMasterIntEnableEx(uint32_t ui32Base,
uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void I2CMasterIntDisableEx(uint32_t ui32Base,
uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern uint32_t I2CMasterIntStatusEx(uint32_t ui32Base,
bool bMasked);
extern void I2CMasterIntClearEx(uint32_t ui32Base,
uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void I2CMasterTimeoutSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Value);
extern void I2CSlaveACKOverride(uint32_t ui32Base, bool bEnable);
extern void I2CSlaveACKValueSet(uint32_t ui32Base, bool bACK);
extern uint32_t I2CMasterLineStateGet(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CMasterSlaveAddrSet(uint32_t ui32Base,
uint8_t ui8SlaveAddr,
bool bReceive);
extern uint32_t I2CSlaveDataGet(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CSlaveDataPut(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t ui8Data);
extern void I2CSlaveDisable(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CSlaveEnable(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CSlaveInit(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t ui8SlaveAddr);
extern void I2CSlaveAddressSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t ui8AddrNum,
uint8_t ui8SlaveAddr);
extern void I2CSlaveIntClear(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CSlaveIntDisable(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CSlaveIntEnable(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void I2CSlaveIntClearEx(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void I2CSlaveIntDisableEx(uint32_t ui32Base,
uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void I2CSlaveIntEnableEx(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern bool I2CSlaveIntStatus(uint32_t ui32Base, bool bMasked);
extern uint32_t I2CSlaveIntStatusEx(uint32_t ui32Base,
bool bMasked);
extern uint32_t I2CSlaveStatus(uint32_t ui32Base);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __DRIVERLIB_I2C_H__

1012
driverlib/i2s.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

218
driverlib/i2s.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// i2s.h
//
// Defines and Macros for the I2S.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __I2S_H__
#define __I2S_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// I2S DMA ports.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2S_TX_DMA_PORT 0x4401E200
#define I2S_RX_DMA_PORT 0x4401E280
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to I2SConfigSetExpClk() as the ulConfig parameter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2S_SLOT_SIZE_8 0x00300032
#define I2S_SLOT_SIZE_16 0x00700074
#define I2S_SLOT_SIZE_24 0x00B000B6
#define I2S_PORT_CPU 0x00080008
#define I2S_PORT_DMA 0x00000000
#define I2S_MODE_MASTER 0x00000000
#define I2S_MODE_SLAVE 0x00008000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed as ulDataLine parameter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2S_DATA_LINE_0 0x00000001
#define I2S_DATA_LINE_1 0x00000002
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to I2SSerializerConfig() as the ulSerMode
// parameter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2S_SER_MODE_TX 0x00000001
#define I2S_SER_MODE_RX 0x00000002
#define I2S_SER_MODE_DISABLE 0x00000000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to I2SSerializerConfig() as the ulInActState
// parameter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2S_INACT_TRI_STATE 0x00000000
#define I2S_INACT_LOW_LEVEL 0x00000008
#define I2S_INACT_HIGH_LEVEL 0x0000000C
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to I2SIntEnable() and I2SIntDisable() as the
// ulIntFlags parameter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2S_INT_XUNDRN 0x00000001
#define I2S_INT_XSYNCERR 0x00000002
#define I2S_INT_XLAST 0x00000010
#define I2S_INT_XDATA 0x00000020
#define I2S_INT_XSTAFRM 0x00000080
#define I2S_INT_XDMA 0x80000000
#define I2S_INT_ROVRN 0x00010000
#define I2S_INT_RSYNCERR 0x00020000
#define I2S_INT_RLAST 0x00100000
#define I2S_INT_RDATA 0x00200000
#define I2S_INT_RSTAFRM 0x00800000
#define I2S_INT_RDMA 0x40000000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to I2SRxActiveSlotSet() and I2STxActiveSlotSet
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2S_ACT_SLOT_EVEN 0x00000001
#define I2S_ACT_SLOT_ODD 0x00000002
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to I2SIntClear() as the
// ulIntFlags parameter and returned from I2SIntStatus().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2S_STS_XERR 0x00000100
#define I2S_STS_XDMAERR 0x00000080
#define I2S_STS_XSTAFRM 0x00000040
#define I2S_STS_XDATA 0x00000020
#define I2S_STS_XLAST 0x00000010
#define I2S_STS_XSYNCERR 0x00000002
#define I2S_STS_XUNDRN 0x00000001
#define I2S_STS_XDMA 0x80000000
#define I2S_STS_RERR 0x01000000
#define I2S_STS_RDMAERR 0x00800000
#define I2S_STS_RSTAFRM 0x00400000
#define I2S_STS_RDATA 0x00200000
#define I2S_STS_RLAST 0x00100000
#define I2S_STS_RSYNCERR 0x00020000
#define I2S_STS_ROVERN 0x00010000
#define I2S_STS_RDMA 0x40000000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to I2SEnable() as the ulMode parameter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define I2S_MODE_TX_ONLY 0x00000001
#define I2S_MODE_TX_RX_SYNC 0x00000003
//*****************************************************************************
//
// API Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void I2SEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulMode);
extern void I2SDisable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void I2SDataPut(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulDataLine,
unsigned long ulData);
extern long I2SDataPutNonBlocking(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulDataLine, unsigned long ulData);
extern void I2SDataGet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulDataLine,
unsigned long *pulData);
extern long I2SDataGetNonBlocking(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulDataLine, unsigned long *pulData);
extern void I2SConfigSetExpClk(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulI2SClk,
unsigned long ulBitClk, unsigned long ulConfig);
extern void I2STxFIFOEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTxLevel,
unsigned long ulWordsPerTransfer);
extern void I2STxFIFODisable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void I2SRxFIFOEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulRxLevel,
unsigned long ulWordsPerTransfer);
extern void I2SRxFIFODisable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern unsigned long I2STxFIFOStatusGet(unsigned long ulBase);
extern unsigned long I2SRxFIFOStatusGet(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void I2SSerializerConfig(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulDataLine,
unsigned long ulSerMode, unsigned long ulInActState);
extern void I2SIntEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void I2SIntDisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern unsigned long I2SIntStatus(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void I2SIntClear(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void I2SIntRegister(unsigned long ulBase, void (*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void I2SIntUnregister(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void I2STxActiveSlotSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulActSlot);
extern void I2SRxActiveSlotSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulActSlot);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif //__I2S_H__

769
driverlib/interrupt.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,769 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// interrupt.c
//
// Driver for the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup interrupt_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include "inc/hw_ints.h"
#include "inc/hw_nvic.h"
#include "inc/hw_types.h"
#include "cpu.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "interrupt.h"
//*****************************************************************************
//
// This is a mapping between priority grouping encodings and the number of
// preemption priority bits.
//
//*****************************************************************************
static const unsigned long g_pulPriority[] =
{
NVIC_APINT_PRIGROUP_0_8, NVIC_APINT_PRIGROUP_1_7, NVIC_APINT_PRIGROUP_2_6,
NVIC_APINT_PRIGROUP_3_5, NVIC_APINT_PRIGROUP_4_4, NVIC_APINT_PRIGROUP_5_3,
NVIC_APINT_PRIGROUP_6_2, NVIC_APINT_PRIGROUP_7_1
};
//*****************************************************************************
//
// This is a mapping between interrupt number and the register that contains
// the priority encoding for that interrupt.
//
//*****************************************************************************
static const unsigned long g_pulRegs[] =
{
0, NVIC_SYS_PRI1, NVIC_SYS_PRI2, NVIC_SYS_PRI3, NVIC_PRI0, NVIC_PRI1,
NVIC_PRI2, NVIC_PRI3, NVIC_PRI4, NVIC_PRI5, NVIC_PRI6, NVIC_PRI7,
NVIC_PRI8, NVIC_PRI9, NVIC_PRI10, NVIC_PRI11, NVIC_PRI12, NVIC_PRI13,
NVIC_PRI14, NVIC_PRI15, NVIC_PRI16, NVIC_PRI17, NVIC_PRI18, NVIC_PRI19,
NVIC_PRI20, NVIC_PRI21, NVIC_PRI22, NVIC_PRI23, NVIC_PRI24, NVIC_PRI25,
NVIC_PRI26, NVIC_PRI27, NVIC_PRI28, NVIC_PRI29, NVIC_PRI30, NVIC_PRI31,
NVIC_PRI32, NVIC_PRI33, NVIC_PRI34, NVIC_PRI35, NVIC_PRI36, NVIC_PRI37,
NVIC_PRI38, NVIC_PRI39, NVIC_PRI40, NVIC_PRI41, NVIC_PRI42, NVIC_PRI43,
NVIC_PRI44, NVIC_PRI45, NVIC_PRI46, NVIC_PRI47, NVIC_PRI48
};
//*****************************************************************************
//
// This is a mapping between interrupt number (for the peripheral interrupts
// only) and the register that contains the interrupt enable for that
// interrupt.
//
//*****************************************************************************
static const unsigned long g_pulEnRegs[] =
{
NVIC_EN0, NVIC_EN1, NVIC_EN2, NVIC_EN3, NVIC_EN4, NVIC_EN5
};
//*****************************************************************************
//
// This is a mapping between interrupt number (for the peripheral interrupts
// only) and the register that contains the interrupt disable for that
// interrupt.
//
//*****************************************************************************
static const unsigned long g_pulDisRegs[] =
{
NVIC_DIS0, NVIC_DIS1, NVIC_DIS2, NVIC_DIS3, NVIC_DIS4, NVIC_DIS5
};
//*****************************************************************************
//
// This is a mapping between interrupt number (for the peripheral interrupts
// only) and the register that contains the interrupt pend for that interrupt.
//
//*****************************************************************************
static const unsigned long g_pulPendRegs[] =
{
NVIC_PEND0, NVIC_PEND1, NVIC_PEND2, NVIC_PEND3, NVIC_PEND4, NVIC_PEND5
};
//*****************************************************************************
//
// This is a mapping between interrupt number (for the peripheral interrupts
// only) and the register that contains the interrupt unpend for that
// interrupt.
//
//*****************************************************************************
static const unsigned long g_pulUnpendRegs[] =
{
NVIC_UNPEND0, NVIC_UNPEND1, NVIC_UNPEND2, NVIC_UNPEND3, NVIC_UNPEND4,
NVIC_UNPEND5
};
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \internal
//! The default interrupt handler.
//!
//! This is the default interrupt handler for all interrupts. It simply loops
//! forever so that the system state is preserved for observation by a
//! debugger. Since interrupts should be disabled before unregistering the
//! corresponding handler, this should never be called.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
static void
IntDefaultHandler(void)
{
//
// Go into an infinite loop.
//
while(1)
{
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables the processor interrupt.
//!
//! Allows the processor to respond to interrupts. This does not affect the
//! set of interrupts enabled in the interrupt controller; it just gates the
//! single interrupt from the controller to the processor.
//!
//! \note Previously, this function had no return value. As such, it was
//! possible to include <tt>interrupt.h</tt> and call this function without
//! having included <tt>hw_types.h</tt>. Now that the return is a
//! <tt>tBoolean</tt>, a compiler error will occur in this case. The solution
//! is to include <tt>hw_types.h</tt> before including <tt>interrupt.h</tt>.
//!
//! \return Returns \b true if interrupts were disabled when the function was
//! called or \b false if they were initially enabled.
//
//*****************************************************************************
tBoolean
IntMasterEnable(void)
{
//
// Enable processor interrupts.
//
return(CPUcpsie());
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables the processor interrupt.
//!
//! Prevents the processor from receiving interrupts. This does not affect the
//! set of interrupts enabled in the interrupt controller; it just gates the
//! single interrupt from the controller to the processor.
//!
//! \note Previously, this function had no return value. As such, it was
//! possible to include <tt>interrupt.h</tt> and call this function without
//! having included <tt>hw_types.h</tt>. Now that the return is a
//! <tt>tBoolean</tt>, a compiler error will occur in this case. The solution
//! is to include <tt>hw_types.h</tt> before including <tt>interrupt.h</tt>.
//!
//! \return Returns \b true if interrupts were already disabled when the
//! function was called or \b false if they were initially enabled.
//
//*****************************************************************************
tBoolean
IntMasterDisable(void)
{
//
// Disable processor interrupts.
//
return(CPUcpsid());
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the NVIC VTable base.
//!
//! \param ulVtableBase specifies the new base address of VTable
//!
//! This function is used to specify a new base address for the VTable.
//! This function must be called before using IntRegister() for registering
//! any interrupt handler.
//!
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
IntVTableBaseSet(unsigned long ulVtableBase)
{
HWREG(NVIC_VTABLE) = ulVtableBase;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Registers a function to be called when an interrupt occurs.
//!
//! \param ulInterrupt specifies the interrupt in question.
//! \param pfnHandler is a pointer to the function to be called.
//!
//! This function is used to specify the handler function to be called when the
//! given interrupt is asserted to the processor. When the interrupt occurs,
//! if it is enabled (via IntEnable()), the handler function will be called in
//! interrupt context. Since the handler function can preempt other code, care
//! must be taken to protect memory or peripherals that are accessed by the
//! handler and other non-handler code.
//!
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
IntRegister(unsigned long ulInterrupt, void (*pfnHandler)(void))
{
unsigned long *ulNvicTbl;
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ulInterrupt < NUM_INTERRUPTS);
ulNvicTbl = (unsigned long *)HWREG(NVIC_VTABLE);
ulNvicTbl[ulInterrupt]= (unsigned long)pfnHandler;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Unregisters the function to be called when an interrupt occurs.
//!
//! \param ulInterrupt specifies the interrupt in question.
//!
//! This function is used to indicate that no handler should be called when the
//! given interrupt is asserted to the processor. The interrupt source will be
//! automatically disabled (via IntDisable()) if necessary.
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
IntUnregister(unsigned long ulInterrupt)
{
unsigned long *ulNvicTbl;
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ulInterrupt < NUM_INTERRUPTS);
ulNvicTbl = (unsigned long *)HWREG(NVIC_VTABLE);
ulNvicTbl[ulInterrupt]= (unsigned long)IntDefaultHandler;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the priority grouping of the interrupt controller.
//!
//! \param ulBits specifies the number of bits of preemptable priority.
//!
//! This function specifies the split between preemptable priority levels and
//! subpriority levels in the interrupt priority specification. The range of
//! the grouping values are dependent upon the hardware implementation; on
//! the CC3200 , three bits are available for hardware interrupt
//! prioritization and therefore priority grouping values of three through
//! seven have the same effect.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
IntPriorityGroupingSet(unsigned long ulBits)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ulBits < NUM_PRIORITY);
//
// Set the priority grouping.
//
HWREG(NVIC_APINT) = NVIC_APINT_VECTKEY | g_pulPriority[ulBits];
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the priority grouping of the interrupt controller.
//!
//! This function returns the split between preemptable priority levels and
//! subpriority levels in the interrupt priority specification.
//!
//! \return The number of bits of preemptable priority.
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long
IntPriorityGroupingGet(void)
{
unsigned long ulLoop, ulValue;
//
// Read the priority grouping.
//
ulValue = HWREG(NVIC_APINT) & NVIC_APINT_PRIGROUP_M;
//
// Loop through the priority grouping values.
//
for(ulLoop = 0; ulLoop < NUM_PRIORITY; ulLoop++)
{
//
// Stop looping if this value matches.
//
if(ulValue == g_pulPriority[ulLoop])
{
break;
}
}
//
// Return the number of priority bits.
//
return(ulLoop);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the priority of an interrupt.
//!
//! \param ulInterrupt specifies the interrupt in question.
//! \param ucPriority specifies the priority of the interrupt.
//!
//! This function is used to set the priority of an interrupt. When multiple
//! interrupts are asserted simultaneously, the ones with the highest priority
//! are processed before the lower priority interrupts. Smaller numbers
//! correspond to higher interrupt priorities; priority 0 is the highest
//! interrupt priority.
//!
//! The hardware priority mechanism will only look at the upper N bits of the
//! priority level (where N is 3), so any prioritization must be performed in
//! those bits. The remaining bits can be used to sub-prioritize the interrupt
//! sources, and may be used by the hardware priority mechanism on a future
//! part. This arrangement allows priorities to migrate to different NVIC
//! implementations without changing the gross prioritization of the
//! interrupts.
//!
//! The parameter \e ucPriority can be any one of the following
//! -\b INT_PRIORITY_LVL_0
//! -\b INT_PRIORITY_LVL_1
//! -\b INT_PRIORITY_LVL_2
//! -\b INT_PRIORITY_LVL_3
//! -\b INT_PRIORITY_LVL_4
//! -\b INT_PRIORITY_LVL_5
//! -\b INT_PRIORITY_LVL_6
//! -\b INT_PRIORITY_LVL_7
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
IntPrioritySet(unsigned long ulInterrupt, unsigned char ucPriority)
{
unsigned long ulTemp;
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulInterrupt >= 4) && (ulInterrupt < NUM_INTERRUPTS));
//
// Set the interrupt priority.
//
ulTemp = HWREG(g_pulRegs[ulInterrupt >> 2]);
ulTemp &= ~(0xFF << (8 * (ulInterrupt & 3)));
ulTemp |= ucPriority << (8 * (ulInterrupt & 3));
HWREG(g_pulRegs[ulInterrupt >> 2]) = ulTemp;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the priority of an interrupt.
//!
//! \param ulInterrupt specifies the interrupt in question.
//!
//! This function gets the priority of an interrupt. See IntPrioritySet() for
//! a definition of the priority value.
//!
//! \return Returns the interrupt priority, or -1 if an invalid interrupt was
//! specified.
//
//*****************************************************************************
long
IntPriorityGet(unsigned long ulInterrupt)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulInterrupt >= 4) && (ulInterrupt < NUM_INTERRUPTS));
//
// Return the interrupt priority.
//
return((HWREG(g_pulRegs[ulInterrupt >> 2]) >> (8 * (ulInterrupt & 3))) &
0xFF);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables an interrupt.
//!
//! \param ulInterrupt specifies the interrupt to be enabled.
//!
//! The specified interrupt is enabled in the interrupt controller. Other
//! enables for the interrupt (such as at the peripheral level) are unaffected
//! by this function.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
IntEnable(unsigned long ulInterrupt)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ulInterrupt < NUM_INTERRUPTS);
//
// Determine the interrupt to enable.
//
if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_MPU)
{
//
// Enable the MemManage interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_SYS_HND_CTRL) |= NVIC_SYS_HND_CTRL_MEM;
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
else if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_BUS)
{
//
// Enable the bus fault interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_SYS_HND_CTRL) |= NVIC_SYS_HND_CTRL_BUS;
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
else if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_USAGE)
{
//
// Enable the usage fault interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_SYS_HND_CTRL) |= NVIC_SYS_HND_CTRL_USAGE;
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
else if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_SYSTICK)
{
//
// Enable the System Tick interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_ST_CTRL) |= NVIC_ST_CTRL_INTEN;
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
else if(ulInterrupt >= 16)
{
//
// Enable the general interrupt.
//
HWREG(g_pulEnRegs[(ulInterrupt - 16) / 32]) =
1 << ((ulInterrupt - 16) & 31);
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables an interrupt.
//!
//! \param ulInterrupt specifies the interrupt to be disabled.
//!
//! The specified interrupt is disabled in the interrupt controller. Other
//! enables for the interrupt (such as at the peripheral level) are unaffected
//! by this function.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
IntDisable(unsigned long ulInterrupt)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ulInterrupt < NUM_INTERRUPTS);
//
// Determine the interrupt to disable.
//
if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_MPU)
{
//
// Disable the MemManage interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_SYS_HND_CTRL) &= ~(NVIC_SYS_HND_CTRL_MEM);
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
else if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_BUS)
{
//
// Disable the bus fault interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_SYS_HND_CTRL) &= ~(NVIC_SYS_HND_CTRL_BUS);
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
else if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_USAGE)
{
//
// Disable the usage fault interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_SYS_HND_CTRL) &= ~(NVIC_SYS_HND_CTRL_USAGE);
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
else if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_SYSTICK)
{
//
// Disable the System Tick interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_ST_CTRL) &= ~(NVIC_ST_CTRL_INTEN);
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
else if(ulInterrupt >= 16)
{
//
// Disable the general interrupt.
//
HWREG(g_pulDisRegs[(ulInterrupt - 16) / 32]) =
1 << ((ulInterrupt - 16) & 31);
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Pends an interrupt.
//!
//! \param ulInterrupt specifies the interrupt to be pended.
//!
//! The specified interrupt is pended in the interrupt controller. This will
//! cause the interrupt controller to execute the corresponding interrupt
//! handler at the next available time, based on the current interrupt state
//! priorities. For example, if called by a higher priority interrupt handler,
//! the specified interrupt handler will not be called until after the current
//! interrupt handler has completed execution. The interrupt must have been
//! enabled for it to be called.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
IntPendSet(unsigned long ulInterrupt)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ulInterrupt < NUM_INTERRUPTS);
//
// Determine the interrupt to pend.
//
if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_NMI)
{
//
// Pend the NMI interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_INT_CTRL) |= NVIC_INT_CTRL_NMI_SET;
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
else if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_PENDSV)
{
//
// Pend the PendSV interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_INT_CTRL) |= NVIC_INT_CTRL_PEND_SV;
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
else if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_SYSTICK)
{
//
// Pend the SysTick interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_INT_CTRL) |= NVIC_INT_CTRL_PENDSTSET;
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
else if(ulInterrupt >= 16)
{
//
// Pend the general interrupt.
//
HWREG(g_pulPendRegs[(ulInterrupt - 16) / 32]) =
1 << ((ulInterrupt - 16) & 31);
__asm(" dsb ");
__asm(" isb ");
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Unpends an interrupt.
//!
//! \param ulInterrupt specifies the interrupt to be unpended.
//!
//! The specified interrupt is unpended in the interrupt controller. This will
//! cause any previously generated interrupts that have not been handled yet
//! (due to higher priority interrupts or the interrupt no having been enabled
//! yet) to be discarded.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
IntPendClear(unsigned long ulInterrupt)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT(ulInterrupt < NUM_INTERRUPTS);
//
// Determine the interrupt to unpend.
//
if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_PENDSV)
{
//
// Unpend the PendSV interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_INT_CTRL) |= NVIC_INT_CTRL_UNPEND_SV;
}
else if(ulInterrupt == FAULT_SYSTICK)
{
//
// Unpend the SysTick interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_INT_CTRL) |= NVIC_INT_CTRL_PENDSTCLR;
}
else if(ulInterrupt >= 16)
{
//
// Unpend the general interrupt.
//
HWREG(g_pulUnpendRegs[(ulInterrupt - 16) / 32]) =
1 << ((ulInterrupt - 16) & 31);
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the priority masking level
//!
//! \param ulPriorityMask is the priority level that will be masked.
//!
//! This function sets the interrupt priority masking level so that all
//! interrupts at the specified or lesser priority level is masked. This
//! can be used to globally disable a set of interrupts with priority below
//! a predetermined threshold. A value of 0 disables priority
//! masking.
//!
//! Smaller numbers correspond to higher interrupt priorities. So for example
//! a priority level mask of 4 will allow interrupts of priority level 0-3,
//! and interrupts with a numerical priority of 4 and greater will be blocked.
//!
//! The hardware priority mechanism will only look at the upper N bits of the
//! priority level (where N is 3), so any
//! prioritization must be performed in those bits.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
IntPriorityMaskSet(unsigned long ulPriorityMask)
{
CPUbasepriSet(ulPriorityMask);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the priority masking level
//!
//! This function gets the current setting of the interrupt priority masking
//! level. The value returned is the priority level such that all interrupts
//! of that and lesser priority are masked. A value of 0 means that priority
//! masking is disabled.
//!
//! Smaller numbers correspond to higher interrupt priorities. So for example
//! a priority level mask of 4 will allow interrupts of priority level 0-3,
//! and interrupts with a numerical priority of 4 and greater will be blocked.
//!
//! The hardware priority mechanism will only look at the upper N bits of the
//! priority level (where N is 3), so any
//! prioritization must be performed in those bits.
//!
//! \return Returns the value of the interrupt priority level mask.
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long
IntPriorityMaskGet(void)
{
return(CPUbasepriGet());
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

120
driverlib/interrupt.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// interrupt.h
//
// Prototypes for the NVIC Interrupt Controller Driver.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __INTERRUPT_H__
#define __INTERRUPT_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// A union that describes the entries of the vector table. The union is needed
// since the first entry is the stack pointer and the remainder are function
// pointers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
typedef union
{
void (*pfnHandler)(void);
unsigned long ulPtr;
}
uVectorEntry;
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Macro to generate an interrupt priority mask based on the number of bits
// of priority supported by the hardware.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define INT_PRIORITY_MASK ((0xFF << (8 - NUM_PRIORITY_BITS)) & 0xFF)
//*****************************************************************************
// Interrupt priority levels
//*****************************************************************************
#define INT_PRIORITY_LVL_0 0x00
#define INT_PRIORITY_LVL_1 0x20
#define INT_PRIORITY_LVL_2 0x40
#define INT_PRIORITY_LVL_3 0x60
#define INT_PRIORITY_LVL_4 0x80
#define INT_PRIORITY_LVL_5 0xA0
#define INT_PRIORITY_LVL_6 0xC0
#define INT_PRIORITY_LVL_7 0xE0
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Prototypes for the APIs.
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern tBoolean IntMasterEnable(void);
extern tBoolean IntMasterDisable(void);
extern void IntVTableBaseSet(unsigned long ulVtableBase);
extern void IntRegister(unsigned long ulInterrupt, void (*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void IntUnregister(unsigned long ulInterrupt);
extern void IntPriorityGroupingSet(unsigned long ulBits);
extern unsigned long IntPriorityGroupingGet(void);
extern void IntPrioritySet(unsigned long ulInterrupt,
unsigned char ucPriority);
extern long IntPriorityGet(unsigned long ulInterrupt);
extern void IntEnable(unsigned long ulInterrupt);
extern void IntDisable(unsigned long ulInterrupt);
extern void IntPendSet(unsigned long ulInterrupt);
extern void IntPendClear(unsigned long ulInterrupt);
extern void IntPriorityMaskSet(unsigned long ulPriorityMask);
extern unsigned long IntPriorityMaskGet(void);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __INTERRUPT_H__

667
driverlib/pin.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,667 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// pin.c
//
// Mapping of peripherals to pins.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup pin_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include "inc/hw_types.h"
#include "inc/hw_memmap.h"
#include "inc/hw_ocp_shared.h"
#include "pin.h"
//*****************************************************************************
// Macros
//*****************************************************************************
#define PAD_MODE_MASK 0x0000000F
#define PAD_STRENGTH_MASK 0x000000E0
#define PAD_TYPE_MASK 0x00000310
#define PAD_CONFIG_BASE ((OCP_SHARED_BASE + \
OCP_SHARED_O_GPIO_PAD_CONFIG_0))
//*****************************************************************************
// PIN to PAD matrix
//*****************************************************************************
static const unsigned long g_ulPinToPadMap[64] =
{
10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,255,255,18,
19,20,21,22,23,24,40,28,29,25,255,
255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
31,255,255,255,255,0,255,32,30,255,1,
255,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
};
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Configures pin mux for the specified pin.
//!
//! \param ulPin is a valid pin.
//! \param ulPinMode is one of the valid mode
//!
//! This function configures the pin mux that selects the peripheral function
//! associated with a particular SOC pin. Only one peripheral function at a
//! time can be associated with a pin, and each peripheral function should
//! only be associated with a single pin at a time.
//!
//! \return none
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinModeSet(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode)
{
unsigned long ulPad;
//
// Get the corresponding Pad
//
ulPad = g_ulPinToPadMap[ulPin & 0x3F];
//
// Calculate the register address
//
ulPad = ((ulPad << 2) + PAD_CONFIG_BASE);
//
// Set the mode.
//
HWREG(ulPad) = (((HWREG(ulPad) & ~PAD_MODE_MASK) | ulPinMode) & ~(3<<10));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets current pin mux configuration of specified pin.
//!
//! \param ulPin is a valid pin.
//!
//! This function get the current configuration of the pin mux.
//!
//! \return Returns current pin mode if \e ulPin is valid, 0xFF otherwise.
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long PinModeGet(unsigned long ulPin)
{
unsigned long ulPad;
//
// Get the corresponding Pad
//
ulPad = g_ulPinToPadMap[ulPin & 0x3F];
//
// Calculate the register address
//
ulPad = ((ulPad << 2) + PAD_CONFIG_BASE) ;
//
// return the mode.
//
return (HWREG(ulPad) & PAD_MODE_MASK);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the direction of the specified pin(s).
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin.
//! \param ulPinIO is the pin direction and/or mode.
//!
//! This function configures the specified pin(s) as either input only or
//! output only or it configures the pin to be under hardware control.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulPinIO is an enumerated data type that can be one of
//! the following values:
//!
//! - \b PIN_DIR_MODE_IN
//! - \b PIN_DIR_MODE_OUT
//! - \b PIN_DIR_MODE_HW
//!
//! where \b PIN_DIR_MODE_IN specifies that the pin is programmed as a
//! input only, \b PIN_DIR_MODE_OUT specifies that the pin is
//! programmed output only, and \b PIN_DIR_MODE_HW specifies that the pin is
//! placed under hardware control.
//!
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinDirModeSet(unsigned long ulPin, unsigned long ulPinIO)
{
unsigned long ulPad;
//
// Get the corresponding Pad
//
ulPad = g_ulPinToPadMap[ulPin & 0x3F];
//
// Calculate the register address
//
ulPad = ((ulPad << 2) + PAD_CONFIG_BASE);
//
// Set the direction
//
HWREG(ulPad) = ((HWREG(ulPad) & ~0xC00) | ulPinIO);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the direction of a pin.
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin.
//!
//! This function gets the direction and control mode for a specified pin on
//! the selected GPIO port. The pin can be configured as either an input only
//! or output only, or it can be under hardware control. The type of control
//! and direction are returned as an enumerated data type.
//!
//! \return Returns one of the enumerated data types described for
//! GPIODirModeSet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long PinDirModeGet(unsigned long ulPin)
{
unsigned long ulPad;
//
// Get the corresponding Pad
//
ulPad = g_ulPinToPadMap[ulPin & 0x3F];
//
// Calculate the register address
//
ulPad = ((ulPad << 2) + PAD_CONFIG_BASE);
//
// Return the direction
//
return ((HWREG(ulPad) & 0xC00));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets Pin output drive strength and Type
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin
//! \param pulPinStrength is pointer to storage for output drive strength
//! \param pulPinType is pinter to storage for pin type
//!
//! This function gets the pin type and output drive strength for the pin
//! specified by \e ulPin parameter. Parameters \e pulPinStrength and
//! \e pulPinType corresponds to the values used in PinConfigSet().
//!
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinConfigGet(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long *pulPinStrength,
unsigned long *pulPinType)
{
unsigned long ulPad;
//
// Get the corresponding Pad
//
ulPad = g_ulPinToPadMap[ulPin & 0x3F];
//
// Calculate the register address
//
ulPad = ((ulPad << 2) + PAD_CONFIG_BASE);
//
// Get the type
//
*pulPinType = (HWREG(ulPad) & PAD_TYPE_MASK);
//
// Get the output drive strength
//
*pulPinStrength = (HWREG(ulPad) & PAD_STRENGTH_MASK);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Configure Pin output drive strength and Type
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin
//! \param ulPinStrength is logical OR of valid output drive strengths.
//! \param ulPinType is one of the valid pin type.
//!
//! This function sets the pin type and strength for the pin specified by
//! \e ulPin parameter.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulPinStrength should be one of the following
//! - \b PIN_STRENGTH_2MA
//! - \b PIN_STRENGTH_4MA
//! - \b PIN_STRENGTH_6MA
//!
//!
//! The parameter \e ulPinType should be one of the following
//! For standard type
//!
//! - \b PIN_TYPE_STD
//! - \b PIN_TYPE_STD_PU
//! - \b PIN_TYPE_STD_PD
//!
//! And for Open drain type
//!
//! - \b PIN_TYPE_OD
//! - \b PIN_TYPE_OD_PU
//! - \b PIN_TYPE_OD_PD
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinConfigSet(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinStrength,
unsigned long ulPinType)
{
unsigned long ulPad;
//
// Get the corresponding Pad
//
ulPad = g_ulPinToPadMap[ulPin & 0x3F];
//
// Write the register
//
if(ulPinType == PIN_TYPE_ANALOG)
{
//
// Isolate the input
//
HWREG(0x4402E144) |= ((0x80 << ulPad) & (0x1E << 8));
//
// Calculate the register address
//
ulPad = ((ulPad << 2) + PAD_CONFIG_BASE);
//
// Isolate the output
//
HWREG(ulPad) = 0xC00;
}
else
{
//
// Enable the input
//
HWREG(0x4402E144) &= ~((0x80 << ulPad) & (0x1E << 8));
//
// Calculate the register address
//
ulPad = ((ulPad << 2) + PAD_CONFIG_BASE);
//
// Write the configuration
//
HWREG(ulPad) = ((HWREG(ulPad) & ~(PAD_STRENGTH_MASK | PAD_TYPE_MASK)) |
(ulPinStrength | ulPinType ));
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the pin mode and configures the pin for use by UART peripheral
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin.
//! \param ulPinMode is one of the valid pin mode.
//!
//! The UART pins must be properly configured for the peripheral to
//! function correctly. This function provides a typical configuration for
//! those pin(s); other configurations may work as well depending upon the
//! board setup (for example, using the on-chip pull-ups).
//!
//!
//! \note This function cannot be used to turn any pin into a UART pin; it
//! only sets the pin mode and configures it for proper UART operation.
//!
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinTypeUART(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode)
{
//
// Set the pin to specified mode
//
PinModeSet(ulPin,ulPinMode);
//
// Set the pin for standard operation
//
PinConfigSet(ulPin,PIN_STRENGTH_2MA,PIN_TYPE_STD);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the pin mode and configures the pin for use by I2C peripheral
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin.
//! \param ulPinMode is one of the valid pin mode.
//!
//! The I2C pins must be properly configured for the peripheral to
//! function correctly. This function provides a typical configuration for
//! the pin.
//!
//!
//! \note This function cannot be used to turn any pin into a I2C pin; it
//! only sets the pin mode and configures it for proper I2C operation.
//!
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinTypeI2C(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode)
{
//
// Set the pin to specified mode
//
PinModeSet(ulPin,ulPinMode);
//
// Set the pin for open-drain operation with a weak pull-up.
//
PinConfigSet(ulPin,PIN_STRENGTH_2MA,PIN_TYPE_OD_PU);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the pin mode and configures the pin for use by SPI peripheral
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin.
//! \param ulPinMode is one of the valid pin mode.
//!
//! The SPI pins must be properly configured for the peripheral to
//! function correctly. This function provides a typical configuration for
//! those pin.
//!
//!
//! \note This function cannot be used to turn any pin into a SPI pin; it
//! only sets the pin mode and configures it for proper SPI operation.
//!
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinTypeSPI(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode)
{
//
// Set the pin to specified mode
//
PinModeSet(ulPin,ulPinMode);
//
// Set the pin for standard operation
//
PinConfigSet(ulPin,PIN_STRENGTH_2MA|PIN_STRENGTH_4MA,PIN_TYPE_STD);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the pin mode and configures the pin for use by I2S peripheral
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin.
//! \param ulPinMode is one of the valid pin mode.
//!
//! The I2S pins must be properly configured for the peripheral to
//! function correctly. This function provides a typical configuration for
//! those pin.
//!
//!
//! \note This function cannot be used to turn any pin into a I2S pin; it
//! only sets the pin mode and configures it for proper I2S operation.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinTypeI2S(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode)
{
//
// Set the pin to specified mode
//
PinModeSet(ulPin,ulPinMode);
//
// Set the pin for standard operation
//
PinConfigSet(ulPin,PIN_STRENGTH_2MA|PIN_STRENGTH_4MA,PIN_TYPE_STD);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the pin mode and configures the pin for use by Timer peripheral
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin.
//! \param ulPinMode is one of the valid pin mode.
//!
//! The timer PWM pins must be properly configured for the Timer peripheral to
//! function correctly. This function provides a typical configuration for
//! those pin; other configurations may work as well depending upon the
//! board setup (for example, using the on-chip pull-ups).
//!
//!
//! \note This function cannot be used to turn any pin into a timer PWM pin; it
//! only sets the pin mode and configures it for proper timer PWM operation.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinTypeTimer(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode)
{
//
// Set the pin to specified mode
//
PinModeSet(ulPin,ulPinMode);
//
// Set the pin for standard operation
//
PinConfigSet(ulPin,PIN_STRENGTH_2MA|PIN_STRENGTH_4MA,PIN_TYPE_STD);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the pin mode and configures the pin for use by Camera peripheral
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin.
//! \param ulPinMode is one of the valid pin mode.
//!
//! The Camera pins must be properly configured for the peripheral to
//! function correctly. This function provides a typical configuration for
//! those pin.
//!
//!
//! \note This function cannot be used to turn any pin into a Camera pin; it
//! only sets the pin mode and configures it for proper Camera operation.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinTypeCamera(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode)
{
//
// Set the pin to specified mode
//
PinModeSet(ulPin,ulPinMode);
//
// Set the pin for standard operation
//
PinConfigSet(ulPin,PIN_STRENGTH_2MA|PIN_STRENGTH_4MA,PIN_TYPE_STD);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the pin mode and configures the pin for use by GPIO peripheral
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin.
//! \param ulPinMode is one of the valid pin mode.
//! \param bOpenDrain is one to decide either OpenDrain or STD
//!
//! The GPIO pins must be properly configured for the peripheral to
//! function correctly. This function provides a typical configuration for
//! those pin.
//!
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinTypeGPIO(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode,tBoolean bOpenDrain)
{
//
// Set the pin for standard push-pull operation.
//
if(bOpenDrain)
{
PinConfigSet(ulPin, PIN_STRENGTH_2MA, PIN_TYPE_OD);
}
else
{
PinConfigSet(ulPin, PIN_STRENGTH_2MA, PIN_TYPE_STD);
}
//
// Set the pin to specified mode
//
PinModeSet(ulPin, ulPinMode);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the pin mode and configures the pin for use by ADC
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin.
//! \param ulPinMode is one of the valid pin mode.
//!
//! The ADC pins must be properly configured for the peripheral to
//! function correctly. This function provides a typical configuration for
//! those pin.
//!
//!
//! \note This function cannot be used to turn any pin into a ADC pin; it
//! only sets the pin mode and configures it for proper ADC operation.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinTypeADC(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode)
{
//
// Configure the Pin
//
PinConfigSet(ulPin,PIN_STRENGTH_2MA,PIN_TYPE_ANALOG);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the pin mode and configures the pin for use by SD Host peripheral
//!
//! \param ulPin is one of the valid pin.
//! \param ulPinMode is one of the valid pin mode.
//!
//! The MMC pins must be properly configured for the peripheral to
//! function correctly. This function provides a typical configuration for
//! those pin.
//!
//!
//! \note This function cannot be used to turn any pin into a SD Host pin; it
//! only sets the pin mode and configures it for proper SD Host operation.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void PinTypeSDHost(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode)
{
//
// Set pin mode
//
PinModeSet(ulPin,ulPinMode);
//
// Configure the Pin
//
PinConfigSet(ulPin,PIN_STRENGTH_2MA,PIN_TYPE_STD);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

176
driverlib/pin.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// pin.h
//
// Defines and Macros for the pin mux module
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __PIN_H__
#define __PIN_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
// Macros Defining Pins
//*****************************************************************************
#define PIN_01 0x00000000
#define PIN_02 0x00000001
#define PIN_03 0x00000002
#define PIN_04 0x00000003
#define PIN_05 0x00000004
#define PIN_06 0x00000005
#define PIN_07 0x00000006
#define PIN_08 0x00000007
#define PIN_11 0x0000000A
#define PIN_12 0x0000000B
#define PIN_13 0x0000000C
#define PIN_14 0x0000000D
#define PIN_15 0x0000000E
#define PIN_16 0x0000000F
#define PIN_17 0x00000010
#define PIN_18 0x00000011
#define PIN_19 0x00000012
#define PIN_20 0x00000013
#define PIN_21 0x00000014
#define PIN_45 0x0000002C
#define PIN_46 0x0000002D
#define PIN_47 0x0000002E
#define PIN_48 0x0000002F
#define PIN_49 0x00000030
#define PIN_50 0x00000031
#define PIN_52 0x00000033
#define PIN_53 0x00000034
#define PIN_55 0x00000036
#define PIN_56 0x00000037
#define PIN_57 0x00000038
#define PIN_58 0x00000039
#define PIN_59 0x0000003A
#define PIN_60 0x0000003B
#define PIN_61 0x0000003C
#define PIN_62 0x0000003D
#define PIN_63 0x0000003E
#define PIN_64 0x0000003F
//*****************************************************************************
// Macros that can be used with PinConfigSet(), PinTypeGet(), PinStrengthGet()
//*****************************************************************************
#define PIN_MODE_0 0x00000000
#define PIN_MODE_1 0x00000001
#define PIN_MODE_2 0x00000002
#define PIN_MODE_3 0x00000003
#define PIN_MODE_4 0x00000004
#define PIN_MODE_5 0x00000005
#define PIN_MODE_6 0x00000006
#define PIN_MODE_7 0x00000007
#define PIN_MODE_8 0x00000008
#define PIN_MODE_9 0x00000009
#define PIN_MODE_10 0x0000000A
#define PIN_MODE_11 0x0000000B
#define PIN_MODE_12 0x0000000C
#define PIN_MODE_13 0x0000000D
#define PIN_MODE_14 0x0000000E
#define PIN_MODE_15 0x0000000F
// Note : PIN_MODE_255 is a dummy define for pinmux utility code generation
// PIN_MODE_255 should never be used in any user code.
#define PIN_MODE_255 0x000000FF
//*****************************************************************************
// Macros that can be used with PinDirModeSet() and returned from
// PinDirModeGet().
//*****************************************************************************
#define PIN_DIR_MODE_IN 0x00000C00 // Pin is input
#define PIN_DIR_MODE_OUT 0x00000800 // Pin is output
#define PIN_DIR_MODE_HW 0x00000000 // Pin is peripheral function
//*****************************************************************************
// Macros that can be used with PinConfigSet()
//*****************************************************************************
#define PIN_STRENGTH_2MA 0x00000020
#define PIN_STRENGTH_4MA 0x00000040
#define PIN_STRENGTH_6MA 0x00000060
#define PIN_TYPE_STD 0x00000000
#define PIN_TYPE_STD_PU 0x00000100
#define PIN_TYPE_STD_PD 0x00000200
#define PIN_TYPE_OD 0x00000010
#define PIN_TYPE_OD_PU 0x00000110
#define PIN_TYPE_OD_PD 0x00000210
#define PIN_TYPE_ANALOG 0x10000000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// API Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void PinModeSet(unsigned long ulPin, unsigned long ulPinMode);
extern void PinDirModeSet(unsigned long ulPin, unsigned long ulPinIO);
extern unsigned long PinDirModeGet(unsigned long ulPin);
extern unsigned long PinModeGet(unsigned long ulPin);
extern void PinConfigGet(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long *pulPinStrength,
unsigned long *pulPinType);
extern void PinConfigSet(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinStrength,
unsigned long ulPinType);
extern void PinTypeUART(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode);
extern void PinTypeI2C(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode);
extern void PinTypeSPI(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode);
extern void PinTypeI2S(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode);
extern void PinTypeTimer(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode);
extern void PinTypeCamera(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode);
extern void PinTypeGPIO(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode,
tBoolean bOpenDrain);
extern void PinTypeADC(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode);
extern void PinTypeSDHost(unsigned long ulPin,unsigned long ulPinMode);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif //__PIN_H__

2033
driverlib/prcm.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

272
driverlib/prcm.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// prcm.h
//
// Prototypes for the PRCM control driver.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __PRCM_H__
#define __PRCM_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Peripheral clock and reset control registers
//
//*****************************************************************************
typedef struct _PRCM_PeripheralRegs_
{
unsigned long ulClkReg;
unsigned long ulRstReg;
}PRCM_PeriphRegs_t;
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to PRCMPeripheralEnable() and
// PRCMPeripheralDisable()
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_RUN_MODE_CLK 0x00000001
#define PRCM_SLP_MODE_CLK 0x00000100
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to PRCMSRAMRetentionEnable() and
// PRCMSRAMRetentionDisable() as ulSramColSel.
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_SRAM_COL_1 0x00000001
#define PRCM_SRAM_COL_2 0x00000002
#define PRCM_SRAM_COL_3 0x00000004
#define PRCM_SRAM_COL_4 0x00000008
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to PRCMSRAMRetentionEnable() and
// PRCMSRAMRetentionDisable() as ulModeFlags.
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_SRAM_LPDS_RET 0x00000002
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to PRCMLPDSWakeupSourceEnable(),
// PRCMLPDSWakeupCauseGet() and PRCMLPDSWakeupSourceDisable().
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_LPDS_HOST_IRQ 0x00000080
#define PRCM_LPDS_GPIO 0x00000010
#define PRCM_LPDS_TIMER 0x00000001
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to PRCMLPDSWakeUpGPIOSelect() as Type
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_LPDS_LOW_LEVEL 0x00000002
#define PRCM_LPDS_HIGH_LEVEL 0x00000000
#define PRCM_LPDS_FALL_EDGE 0x00000001
#define PRCM_LPDS_RISE_EDGE 0x00000003
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to PRCMLPDSWakeUpGPIOSelect()
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_LPDS_GPIO2 0x00000000
#define PRCM_LPDS_GPIO4 0x00000001
#define PRCM_LPDS_GPIO13 0x00000002
#define PRCM_LPDS_GPIO17 0x00000003
#define PRCM_LPDS_GPIO11 0x00000004
#define PRCM_LPDS_GPIO24 0x00000005
#define PRCM_LPDS_GPIO26 0x00000006
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to PRCMHibernateWakeupSourceEnable(),
// PRCMHibernateWakeupSourceDisable().
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_HIB_SLOW_CLK_CTR 0x00000001
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to PRCMHibernateWakeUpGPIOSelect() as ulType
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_HIB_LOW_LEVEL 0x00000000
#define PRCM_HIB_HIGH_LEVEL 0x00000001
#define PRCM_HIB_FALL_EDGE 0x00000002
#define PRCM_HIB_RISE_EDGE 0x00000003
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to PRCMHibernateWakeupSourceEnable(),
// PRCMHibernateWakeupSourceDisable(), PRCMHibernateWakeUpGPIOSelect()
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_HIB_GPIO2 0x00010000
#define PRCM_HIB_GPIO4 0x00020000
#define PRCM_HIB_GPIO13 0x00040000
#define PRCM_HIB_GPIO17 0x00080000
#define PRCM_HIB_GPIO11 0x00100000
#define PRCM_HIB_GPIO24 0x00200000
#define PRCM_HIB_GPIO26 0x00400000
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that will be returned from PRCMSysResetCauseGet().
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_POWER_ON 0x00000000
#define PRCM_LPDS_EXIT 0x00000001
#define PRCM_CORE_RESET 0x00000003
#define PRCM_MCU_RESET 0x00000004
#define PRCM_WDT_RESET 0x00000005
#define PRCM_SOC_RESET 0x00000006
#define PRCM_HIB_EXIT 0x00000007
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to PRCMHibernateWakeupCauseGet().
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_HIB_WAKEUP_CAUSE_SLOW_CLOCK 0x00000002
#define PRCM_HIB_WAKEUP_CAUSE_GPIO 0x00000004
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to PRCMSEnableInterrupt
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_INT_SLOW_CLK_CTR 0x00004000
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to PRCMPeripheralClkEnable(),
// PRCMPeripheralClkDisable(), PRCMPeripheralReset()
//*****************************************************************************
#define PRCM_CAMERA 0x00000000
#define PRCM_I2S 0x00000001
#define PRCM_SDHOST 0x00000002
#define PRCM_GSPI 0x00000003
#define PRCM_LSPI 0x00000004
#define PRCM_UDMA 0x00000005
#define PRCM_GPIOA0 0x00000006
#define PRCM_GPIOA1 0x00000007
#define PRCM_GPIOA2 0x00000008
#define PRCM_GPIOA3 0x00000009
#define PRCM_GPIOA4 0x0000000A
#define PRCM_WDT 0x0000000B
#define PRCM_UARTA0 0x0000000C
#define PRCM_UARTA1 0x0000000D
#define PRCM_TIMERA0 0x0000000E
#define PRCM_TIMERA1 0x0000000F
#define PRCM_TIMERA2 0x00000010
#define PRCM_TIMERA3 0x00000011
#define PRCM_DTHE 0x00000012
#define PRCM_SSPI 0x00000013
#define PRCM_I2CA0 0x00000014
// Note : PRCM_ADC is a dummy define for pinmux utility code generation
// PRCM_ADC should never be used in any user code.
#define PRCM_ADC 0x000000FF
//*****************************************************************************
//
// API Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void PRCMMCUReset(tBoolean bIncludeSubsystem);
extern unsigned long PRCMSysResetCauseGet(void);
extern void PRCMPeripheralClkEnable(unsigned long ulPeripheral,
unsigned long ulClkFlags);
extern void PRCMPeripheralClkDisable(unsigned long ulPeripheral,
unsigned long ulClkFlags);
extern void PRCMPeripheralReset(unsigned long ulPeripheral);
extern tBoolean PRCMPeripheralStatusGet(unsigned long ulPeripheral);
extern void PRCMI2SClockFreqSet(unsigned long ulI2CClkFreq);
extern unsigned long PRCMPeripheralClockGet(unsigned long ulPeripheral);
extern void PRCMSleepEnter(void);
extern void PRCMSRAMRetentionEnable(unsigned long ulSramColSel,
unsigned long ulFlags);
extern void PRCMSRAMRetentionDisable(unsigned long ulSramColSel,
unsigned long ulFlags);
extern void PRCMLPDSRestoreInfoSet(unsigned long ulRestoreSP,
unsigned long ulRestorePC);
extern void PRCMLPDSEnter(void);
extern void PRCMLPDSIntervalSet(unsigned long ulTicks);
extern void PRCMLPDSWakeupSourceEnable(unsigned long ulLpdsWakeupSrc);
extern unsigned long PRCMLPDSWakeupCauseGet(void);
extern void PRCMLPDSWakeUpGPIOSelect(unsigned long ulGPIOPin,
unsigned long ulType);
extern void PRCMLPDSWakeupSourceDisable(unsigned long ulLpdsWakeupSrc);
extern void PRCMHibernateEnter(void);
extern void PRCMHibernateWakeupSourceEnable(unsigned long ulHIBWakupSrc);
extern unsigned long PRCMHibernateWakeupCauseGet(void);
extern void PRCMHibernateWakeUpGPIOSelect(unsigned long ulMultiGPIOBitMap,
unsigned long ulType);
extern void PRCMHibernateWakeupSourceDisable(unsigned long ulHIBWakupSrc);
extern void PRCMHibernateIntervalSet(unsigned long long ullTicks);
extern unsigned long long PRCMSlowClkCtrGet(void);
extern unsigned long long PRCMSlowClkCtrFastGet(void);
extern void PRCMSlowClkCtrMatchSet(unsigned long long ullTicks);
extern unsigned long long PRCMSlowClkCtrMatchGet(void);
extern void PRCMOCRRegisterWrite(unsigned char ucIndex,
unsigned long ulRegValue);
extern unsigned long PRCMOCRRegisterRead(unsigned char ucIndex);
extern void PRCMIntRegister(void (*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void PRCMIntUnregister(void);
extern void PRCMIntEnable(unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void PRCMIntDisable(unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern unsigned long PRCMIntStatus(void);
extern void PRCMRTCInUseSet(void);
extern tBoolean PRCMRTCInUseGet(void);
extern void PRCMRTCSet(unsigned long ulSecs, unsigned short usMsec);
extern void PRCMRTCGet(unsigned long *ulSecs, unsigned short *usMsec);
extern void PRCMRTCMatchSet(unsigned long ulSecs, unsigned short usMsec);
extern void PRCMRTCMatchGet(unsigned long *ulSecs, unsigned short *usMsec);
extern void PRCMCC3200MCUInit(void);
extern unsigned long PRCMHIBRegRead(unsigned long ulRegAddr);
extern void PRCMHIBRegWrite(unsigned long ulRegAddr, unsigned long ulValue);
extern unsigned long PRCMCameraFreqSet(unsigned char ulDivider,
unsigned char ulWidth);
extern void PRCMLPDSEnterKeepDebugIf(void);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __PRCM_H__

2237
driverlib/rom.h Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3174
driverlib/rom_map.h Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

101
driverlib/rom_patch.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// rom_patch.h
//
// Macros to facilitate patching driverlib API's in the ROM.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
// List of API's in the ROM that need to be patched.
// For e.g. to patch ROM_UARTCharPut add the line #undef ROM_UARTCharPut
//*****************************************************************************
#undef ROM_ADCIntClear
#undef ROM_IntEnable
#undef ROM_IntDisable
#undef ROM_IntPendSet
#undef ROM_PRCMHibernateWakeUpGPIOSelect
#undef ROM_SDHostCardErrorMaskSet
#undef ROM_SDHostCardErrorMaskGet
#undef ROM_TimerConfigure
#undef ROM_TimerDMAEventSet
#undef ROM_TimerDMAEventGet
#undef ROM_SDHostDataNonBlockingWrite
#undef ROM_SDHostDataWrite
#undef ROM_SDHostDataRead
#undef ROM_SDHostDataNonBlockingRead
#undef ROM_PRCMSysResetCauseGet
#undef ROM_PRCMPeripheralClkEnable
#undef ROM_PRCMLPDSWakeUpGPIOSelect
#undef ROM_PRCMHibernateWakeupSourceEnable
#undef ROM_PRCMHibernateWakeupSourceDisable
#undef ROM_PRCMHibernateWakeupCauseGet
#undef ROM_PRCMHibernateIntervalSet
#undef ROM_PRCMHibernateWakeUpGPIOSelect
#undef ROM_PRCMHibernateEnter
#undef ROM_PRCMSlowClkCtrGet
#undef ROM_PRCMSlowClkCtrMatchSet
#undef ROM_PRCMSlowClkCtrMatchGet
#undef ROM_PRCMOCRRegisterWrite
#undef ROM_PRCMOCRRegisterRead
#undef ROM_PRCMIntEnable
#undef ROM_PRCMIntDisable
#undef ROM_PRCMRTCInUseSet
#undef ROM_PRCMRTCInUseGet
#undef ROM_PRCMRTCSet
#undef ROM_PRCMRTCGet
#undef ROM_PRCMRTCMatchSet
#undef ROM_PRCMRTCMatchGet
#undef ROM_PRCMPeripheralClkDisable
#undef ROM_PRCMPeripheralReset
#undef ROM_PRCMPeripheralStatusGet
#undef ROM_SPIConfigSetExpClk
#undef ROM_AESDataProcess
#undef ROM_DESDataProcess
#undef ROM_I2SEnable
#undef ROM_I2SConfigSetExpClk
#undef ROM_PinConfigSet
#undef ROM_PRCMLPDSEnter
#undef ROM_PRCMCC3200MCUInit
#undef ROM_SDHostIntStatus
#undef ROM_SDHostBlockCountSet
#undef ROM_UARTModemControlSet
#undef ROM_UARTModemControlClear
#undef ROM_CameraXClkSet
#undef ROM_PRCMMCUReset
#undef ROM_SPIDmaDisable
#undef ROM_PRCMSRAMRetentionEnable
#undef ROM_PRCMSRAMRetentionDisable
#undef ROM_PRCMDeepSleepEnter

744
driverlib/sdhost.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,744 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// sdhost.c
//
// Driver for the SD Host (SDHost) Interface
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup Secure_Digital_Host_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include "inc/hw_types.h"
#include "inc/hw_memmap.h"
#include "inc/hw_mmchs.h"
#include "inc/hw_ints.h"
#include "inc/hw_apps_config.h"
#include "interrupt.h"
#include "sdhost.h"
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Configures SDHost module.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module.
//!
//! This function configures the SDHost module, enabling internal sub-modules.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostInit(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Assert module reset
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCONFIG) = 0x2;
//
// Wait for soft reset to complete
//
while( !(HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCONFIG) & 0x1) )
{
}
//
// Assert internal reset
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCTL) |= (1 << 24);
//
// Wait for Reset to complete
//
while( (HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCTL) & (0x1 << 24)) )
{
}
//
// Set capability register, 1.8 and 3.0 V
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_CAPA) = (0x7 <<24);
//
// Select bus voltage, 3.0 V
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_HCTL) |= 0x7 << 9;
//
// Power up the bus
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_HCTL) |= 1 << 8;
//
// Wait for power on
//
while( !(HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_HCTL) & (1<<8)) )
{
}
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_CON) |= 1 << 21;
//
// Un-mask all events
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_IE) = 0xFFFFFFFF;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Resets SDHost command line
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module.
//!
//! This function assers a soft reset for the command line
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostCmdReset(unsigned long ulBase)
{
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCTL) |= 1 << 25;
while( (HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCTL) & (1 << 25)) )
{
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sends command over SDHost interface
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module.
//! \param ulCmd is the command to send.
//! \param ulArg is the argument for the command.
//!
//! This function send command to the attached card over the SDHost interface.
//!
//! The \e ulCmd parameter can be one of \b SDHOST_CMD_0 to \b SDHOST_CMD_63.
//! It can be logically ORed with one or more of the following:
//! - \b SDHOST_MULTI_BLK for multi-block transfer
//! - \b SDHOST_WR_CMD if command is followed by write data
//! - \b SDHOST_RD_CMD if command is followed by read data
//! - \b SDHOST_DMA_EN if SDHost need to generate DMA request.
//! - \b SDHOST_RESP_LEN_136 if 136 bit response is expected
//! - \b SDHOST_RESP_LEN_48 if 48 bit response is expected
//! - \b SDHOST_RESP_LEN_48B if 48 bit response with busy bit is expected
//!
//! The parameter \e ulArg is the argument for the command
//!
//! \return Returns 0 on success, -1 otherwise.
//
//*****************************************************************************
long
SDHostCmdSend(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulCmd, unsigned ulArg)
{
//
// Set Data Timeout
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCTL) |= 0x000E0000;
//
// Check for cmd inhabit
//
if( (HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_PSTATE) & 0x1))
{
return -1;
}
//
// Set the argument
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_ARG) = ulArg;
//
// Send the command
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_CMD) = ulCmd;
return 0;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Writes a data word into the SDHost write buffer.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module.
//! \param ulData is data word to be transfered.
//!
//! This function writes a single data word into the SDHost write buffer. The
//! function returns \b true if there was a space available in the buffer else
//! returns \b false.
//!
//! \return Return \b true on success, \b false otherwise.
//
//*****************************************************************************
tBoolean
SDHostDataNonBlockingWrite(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulData)
{
//
// See if there is a space in the write buffer
//
if( (HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_PSTATE) & (1<<10)) )
{
//
// Write the data into the buffer
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_DATA) = ulData;
//
// Success.
//
return(true);
}
else
{
//
// No free sapce, failure.
//
return(false);
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Waits to write a data word into the SDHost write buffer.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module.
//! \param ulData is data word to be transfered.
//!
//! This function writes \e ulData into the SDHost write buffer. If there is no
//! space in the write buffer this function waits until there is a space
//! available before returning.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostDataWrite(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulData)
{
//
// Wait until space is available
//
while( !(HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_PSTATE) & (1<<10)) )
{
}
//
// Write the data
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_DATA) = ulData;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Waits for a data word from the SDHost read buffer
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module.
//! \param pulData is pointer to read data variable.
//!
//! This function reads a single data word from the SDHost read buffer. If there
//! is no data available in the buffer the function will wait until a data
//! word is received before returning.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostDataRead(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long *pulData)
{
//
// Wait until data is available
//
while( !(HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_PSTATE) & (1<<11)) )
{
}
//
// Read the data
//
*pulData = HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_DATA);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Reads single data word from the SDHost read buffer
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module.
//! \param pulData is pointer to read data variable.
//!
//! This function reads a data word from the SDHost read buffer. The
//! function returns \b true if there was data available in to buffer else
//! returns \b false.
//!
//! \return Return \b true on success, \b false otherwise.
//
//*****************************************************************************
tBoolean
SDHostDataNonBlockingRead(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long *pulData)
{
//
// See if there is any data in the read buffer.
//
if( (HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_PSTATE) & (1<11)) )
{
//
// Read the data word.
//
*pulData = HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_DATA);
//
// Success
//
return(true);
}
else
{
//
// No data available, failure.
//
return(false);
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Registers the interrupt handler for SDHost interrupt
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module
//! \param pfnHandler is a pointer to the function to be called when the
//! SDHost interrupt occurs.
//!
//! This function does the actual registering of the interrupt handler. This
//! function enables the global interrupt in the interrupt controller; specific
//! SDHost interrupts must be enabled via SDHostIntEnable(). It is the
//! interrupt handler's responsibility to clear the interrupt source.
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostIntRegister(unsigned long ulBase, void (*pfnHandler)(void))
{
//
// Register the interrupt handler.
//
IntRegister(INT_MMCHS, pfnHandler);
//
// Enable the SDHost interrupt.
//
IntEnable(INT_MMCHS);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Unregisters the interrupt handler for SDHost interrupt
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module
//!
//! This function does the actual unregistering of the interrupt handler. It
//! clears the handler to be called when a SDHost interrupt occurs. This
//! function also masks off the interrupt in the interrupt controller so that
//! the interrupt handler no longer is called.
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostIntUnregister(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Disable the SDHost interrupt.
//
IntDisable(INT_MMCHS);
//
// Unregister the interrupt handler.
//
IntUnregister(INT_MMCHS);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enable individual interrupt source for the specified SDHost
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module.
//! \param ulIntFlags is a bit mask of the interrupt sources to be enabled.
//!
//! This function enables the indicated SDHost interrupt sources. Only the
//! sources that are enabled can be reflected to the processor interrupt;
//! disabled sources have no effect on the processor.
//!
//! The \e ulIntFlags parameter is the logical OR of any of the following:
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_CC Command Complete interrupt
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_TC Transfer Complete interrupt
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_BWR Buffer Write Ready interrupt
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_BRR Buffer Read Ready interrupt
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_ERRI Error interrupt
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_CTO Command Timeout error interrupt
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_CEB Command End Bit error interrupt
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_DTO Data Timeout error interrupt
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_DCRC Data CRC error interrupt
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_DEB Data End Bit error
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_CERR Cart Status Error interrupt
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_BADA Bad Data error interrupt
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_DMARD Read DMA done interrupt
//! - \b SDHOST_INT_DMAWR Write DMA done interrupt
//!
//! Note that SDHOST_INT_ERRI can only be used with \sa SDHostIntStatus()
//! and is internally logical OR of all error status bits. Setting this bit
//! alone as \e ulIntFlags doesn't generates any interrupt.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostIntEnable(unsigned long ulBase,unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
//
// Enable DMA done interrupts
//
HWREG(APPS_CONFIG_BASE + APPS_CONFIG_O_DMA_DONE_INT_MASK_CLR) =
(ulIntFlags >> 30);
//
// Enable the individual interrupt sources
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_ISE) |= (ulIntFlags & 0x3FFFFFFF);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enable individual interrupt source for the specified SDHost
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module.
//! \param ulIntFlags is a bit mask of the interrupt sources to be enabled.
//!
//! This function disables the indicated SDHost interrupt sources. Only the
//! sources that are enabled can be reflected to the processor interrupt;
//! disabled sources have no effect on the processor.
//!
//! The \e ulIntFlags parameter has the same definition as the \e ulIntFlags
//! parameter to SDHostIntEnable().
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostIntDisable(unsigned long ulBase,unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
//
// Disable DMA done interrupts
//
HWREG(APPS_CONFIG_BASE + APPS_CONFIG_O_DMA_DONE_INT_MASK_SET) =
(ulIntFlags >> 30);
//
// Disable the individual interrupt sources
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_ISE) &= ~(ulIntFlags & 0x3FFFFFFF);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the current interrupt status.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module.
//!
//! This function returns the interrupt status for the specified SDHost.
//!
//! \return Returns the current interrupt status, enumerated as a bit field of
//! values described in SDHostIntEnable().
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long
SDHostIntStatus(unsigned long ulBase)
{
unsigned long ulIntStatus;
//
// Get DMA done interrupt status
//
ulIntStatus = HWREG(APPS_CONFIG_BASE + APPS_CONFIG_O_DMA_DONE_INT_STS_RAW);
ulIntStatus = (ulIntStatus << 30);
//
// Return the status of individual interrupt sources
//
ulIntStatus |= (HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_STAT) & 0x3FFFFFFF);
return(ulIntStatus);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Clears the individual interrupt sources.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module.
//! \param ulIntFlags is a bit mask of the interrupt sources to be cleared.
//!
//! The specified SDHost interrupt sources are cleared, so that they no longer
//! assert. This function must be called in the interrupt handler to keep the
//! interrupt from being recognized again immediately upon exit.
//!
//! The \e ulIntFlags parameter has the same definition as the \e ulIntFlags
//! parameter to SDHostIntEnable().
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostIntClear(unsigned long ulBase,unsigned long ulIntFlags)
{
//
// Clear DMA done interrupts
//
HWREG(APPS_CONFIG_BASE + APPS_CONFIG_O_DMA_DONE_INT_ACK) =
(ulIntFlags >> 30);
//
// Clear the individual interrupt sources
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_STAT) = (ulIntFlags & 0x3FFFFFFF);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the card status error mask.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module
//! \param ulErrMask is the bit mask of card status errors to be enabled
//!
//! This function sets the card status error mask for response type R1, R1b,
//! R5, R5b and R6 response. The parameter \e ulErrMask is the bit mask of card
//! status errors to be enabled, if the corresponding bits in the 'card status'
//! field of a respose are set then the host controller indicates a card error
//! interrupt status. Only bits referenced as type E (error) in status field in
//! the response can set a card status error.
//!
//! \return None
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostCardErrorMaskSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulErrMask)
{
//
// Set the card status error mask
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_CSRE) = ulErrMask;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the card status error mask.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module
//!
//! This function gets the card status error mask for response type R1, R1b,
//! R5, R5b and R6 response.
//!
//! \return Returns the current card status error.
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long
SDHostCardErrorMaskGet(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Return the card status error mask
//
return(HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_CSRE));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the SD Card clock.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module
//! \param ulSDHostClk is the rate of clock supplied to SDHost module
//! \param ulCardClk is the required SD interface clock
//!
//! This function configures the SDHost interface to supply the specified clock
//! to the connected card.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostSetExpClk(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulSDHostClk,
unsigned long ulCardClk)
{
unsigned long ulDiv;
//
// Disable card clock
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCTL) &= ~0x4;
//
// Enable internal clock
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCTL) |= 0x1;
ulDiv = ((ulSDHostClk/ulCardClk) & 0x3FF);
//
// Set clock divider,
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCTL) = ((HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCTL) &
~0x0000FFC0)| (ulDiv) << 6);
//
// Wait for clock to stablize
//
while( !(HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCTL) & 0x2) )
{
}
//
// Enable card clock
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_SYSCTL) |= 0x4;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Get the response for the last command.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module
//! \param ulRespnse is 128-bit response.
//!
//! This function gets the response from the SD card for the last command
//! send.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostRespGet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulRespnse[4])
{
//
// Read the responses.
//
ulRespnse[0] = HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_RSP10);
ulRespnse[1] = HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_RSP32);
ulRespnse[2] = HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_RSP54);
ulRespnse[3] = HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_RSP76);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Set the block size for data transfer
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module
//! \param ulBlkSize is the transfer block size in bytes
//!
//! This function sets the block size the data transfer.
//!
//! The parameter \e ulBlkSize is size of each data block in bytes.
//! This should be in range 0 - 2^10.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostBlockSizeSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned short ulBlkSize)
{
//
// Set the block size
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_BLK) = ((HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_BLK) & 0x00000FFF)|
(ulBlkSize & 0xFFF));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Set the block size and count for data transfer
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of SDHost module
//! \param ulBlkCount is the number of blocks
//!
//! This function sets block count for the data transfer. This needs to be set
//! for each block transfer. \sa SDHostBlockSizeSet()
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SDHostBlockCountSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned short ulBlkCount)
{
unsigned long ulRegVal;
//
// Read the current value
//
ulRegVal = HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_BLK);
//
// Set the number of blocks
//
HWREG(ulBase + MMCHS_O_BLK) = ((ulRegVal & 0x0000FFFF)|
(ulBlkCount << 16));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

204
driverlib/sdhost.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// sdhost.h
//
// Defines and Macros for the SDHost.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __SDHOST_H__
#define __SDHOST_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
//{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to SDHostRespGet().
//*****************************************************************************
#define SDHOST_RESP_10 0x00000003
#define SDHOST_RESP_32 0x00000002
#define SDHOST_RESP_54 0x00000001
#define SDHOST_RESP_76 0x00000000
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to SDHostIntEnable(), SDHostIntDisable(),
// SDHostIntClear() ,and returned from SDHostIntStatus().
//*****************************************************************************
#define SDHOST_INT_CC 0x00000001
#define SDHOST_INT_TC 0x00000002
#define SDHOST_INT_BWR 0x00000010
#define SDHOST_INT_BRR 0x00000020
#define SDHOST_INT_ERRI 0x00008000
#define SDHOST_INT_CTO 0x00010000
#define SDHOST_INT_CEB 0x00040000
#define SDHOST_INT_DTO 0x00100000
#define SDHOST_INT_DCRC 0x00200000
#define SDHOST_INT_DEB 0x00400000
#define SDHOST_INT_CERR 0x10000000
#define SDHOST_INT_BADA 0x20000000
#define SDHOST_INT_DMARD 0x40000000
#define SDHOST_INT_DMAWR 0x80000000
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to SDHostCmdSend().
//*****************************************************************************
#define SDHOST_CMD_0 0x00000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_1 0x01000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_2 0x02000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_3 0x03000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_4 0x04000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_5 0x05000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_6 0x06000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_7 0x07000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_8 0x08000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_9 0x09000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_10 0x0A000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_11 0x0B000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_12 0x0C000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_13 0x0D000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_14 0x0E000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_15 0x0F000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_16 0x10000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_17 0x11000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_18 0x12000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_19 0x13000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_20 0x14000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_21 0x15000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_22 0x16000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_23 0x17000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_24 0x18000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_25 0x19000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_26 0x1A000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_27 0x1B000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_28 0x1C000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_29 0x1D000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_30 0x1E000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_31 0x1F000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_32 0x20000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_33 0x21000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_34 0x22000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_35 0x23000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_36 0x24000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_37 0x25000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_38 0x26000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_39 0x27000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_40 0x28000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_41 0x29000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_42 0x2A000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_43 0x2B000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_44 0x2C000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_45 0x2D000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_46 0x2E000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_47 0x2F000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_48 0x30000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_49 0x31000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_50 0x32000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_51 0x33000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_52 0x34000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_53 0x35000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_54 0x36000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_55 0x37000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_56 0x38000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_57 0x39000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_58 0x3A000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_59 0x3B000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_60 0x3C000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_61 0x3D000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_62 0x3E000000
#define SDHOST_CMD_63 0x3F000000
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be logically ORed with ulCmd parameter for SDHostCmdSend().
//*****************************************************************************
#define SDHOST_MULTI_BLK 0x00000022
#define SDHOST_DMA_EN 0x00000001
#define SDHOST_WR_CMD 0x00200000
#define SDHOST_RD_CMD 0x00200010
#define SDHOST_RESP_LEN_136 0x00010000
#define SDHOST_RESP_LEN_48 0x00020000
#define SDHOST_RESP_LEN_48B 0x00030000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// API Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void SDHostCmdReset(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void SDHostInit(unsigned long ulBase);
extern long SDHostCmdSend(unsigned long ulBase,unsigned long ulCmd,
unsigned ulArg);
extern void SDHostIntRegister(unsigned long ulBase, void (*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void SDHostIntUnregister(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void SDHostIntEnable(unsigned long ulBase,unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void SDHostIntDisable(unsigned long ulBase,unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern unsigned long SDHostIntStatus(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void SDHostIntClear(unsigned long ulBase,unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void SDHostCardErrorMaskSet(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulErrMask);
extern unsigned long SDHostCardErrorMaskGet(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void SDHostSetExpClk(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulSDHostClk,
unsigned long ulCardClk);
extern void SDHostRespGet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulRespnse[4]);
extern void SDHostBlockSizeSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned short ulBlkSize);
extern void SDHostBlockCountSet(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned short ulBlkCount);
extern tBoolean SDHostDataNonBlockingWrite(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulData);
extern tBoolean SDHostDataNonBlockingRead(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long *pulData);
extern void SDHostDataWrite(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulData);
extern void SDHostDataRead(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long *ulData);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
//}
#endif
#endif // __SDHOST_H__

1095
driverlib/shamd5.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

120
driverlib/shamd5.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// shamd5.h
//
// Defines and Macros for the SHA/MD5.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __DRIVERLIB_SHAMD5_H__
#define __DRIVERLIB_SHAMD5_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used to specify the algorithm in use in the
// SHA/MD5 module.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define SHAMD5_ALGO_MD5 0x00000018 // MD5
#define SHAMD5_ALGO_SHA1 0x0000001a // SHA-1
#define SHAMD5_ALGO_SHA224 0x0000001c // SHA-224
#define SHAMD5_ALGO_SHA256 0x0000001e // SHA-256
#define SHAMD5_ALGO_HMAC_MD5 0x00000000 // HMAC-MD5
#define SHAMD5_ALGO_HMAC_SHA1 0x00000002 // HMAC-SHA-1
#define SHAMD5_ALGO_HMAC_SHA224 0x00000004 // HMAC-SHA-224
#define SHAMD5_ALGO_HMAC_SHA256 0x00000006 // HMAC-SHA-256
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following defines are used to represent the different interrupt sources
// in SHAMD5IntEnable(), SHAMD5IntDisable(), SHAMD5GetIntStatus(), and
// SHAMD5BlockOnIntStatus() functions.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define SHAMD5_INT_CONTEXT_READY 0x00000008
#define SHAMD5_INT_PARTHASH_READY 0x00000004
#define SHAMD5_INT_INPUT_READY 0x00000002
#define SHAMD5_INT_OUTPUT_READY 0x00000001
#define SHAMD5_INT_DMA_CONTEXT_IN 0x00010000
#define SHAMD5_INT_DMA_DATA_IN 0x00020000
#define SHAMD5_INT_DMA_CONTEXT_OUT 0x00040000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void SHAMD5ConfigSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Mode);
extern bool SHAMD5DataProcess(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8DataSrc,
uint32_t ui32DataLength, uint8_t *pui8HashResult);
extern void SHAMD5DataWrite(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src);
extern bool SHAMD5DataWriteNonBlocking(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src);
extern void SHAMD5DMADisable(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void SHAMD5DMAEnable(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void SHAMD5DataLengthSet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32Length);
extern void SHAMD5HMACKeySet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src);
extern void SHAMD5HMACPPKeyGenerate(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Key,
uint8_t *pui8PPKey);
extern void SHAMD5HMACPPKeySet(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Src);
extern bool SHAMD5HMACProcess(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8DataSrc,
uint32_t ui32DataLength, uint8_t *pui8HashResult);
extern void SHAMD5IntClear(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void SHAMD5IntDisable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void SHAMD5IntEnable(uint32_t ui32Base, uint32_t ui32IntFlags);
extern void SHAMD5IntRegister(uint32_t ui32Base, void(*pfnHandler)(void));
extern uint32_t SHAMD5IntStatus(uint32_t ui32Base, bool bMasked);
extern void SHAMD5IntUnregister(uint32_t ui32Base);
extern void SHAMD5ResultRead(uint32_t ui32Base, uint8_t *pui8Dest);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __DRIVERLIB_SHAMD5_H__

1527
driverlib/spi.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

163
driverlib/spi.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// spi.h
//
// Defines and Macros for the SPI.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __SPI_H__
#define __SPI_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to SPIConfigSetExpClk() as ulMode parameter
//*****************************************************************************
#define SPI_MODE_MASTER 0x00000000
#define SPI_MODE_SLAVE 0x00000004
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to SPIConfigSetExpClk() as ulSubMode parameter
//*****************************************************************************
#define SPI_SUB_MODE_0 0x00000000
#define SPI_SUB_MODE_1 0x00000001
#define SPI_SUB_MODE_2 0x00000002
#define SPI_SUB_MODE_3 0x00000003
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to SPIConfigSetExpClk() as ulConfigFlags parameter
//*****************************************************************************
#define SPI_SW_CTRL_CS 0x01000000
#define SPI_HW_CTRL_CS 0x00000000
#define SPI_3PIN_MODE 0x02000000
#define SPI_4PIN_MODE 0x00000000
#define SPI_TURBO_ON 0x00080000
#define SPI_TURBO_OFF 0x00000000
#define SPI_CS_ACTIVEHIGH 0x00000000
#define SPI_CS_ACTIVELOW 0x00000040
#define SPI_WL_8 0x00000380
#define SPI_WL_16 0x00000780
#define SPI_WL_32 0x00000F80
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to SPIFIFOEnable() and SPIFIFODisable()
//*****************************************************************************
#define SPI_TX_FIFO 0x08000000
#define SPI_RX_FIFO 0x10000000
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to SPIDMAEnable() and SPIDMADisable()
//*****************************************************************************
#define SPI_RX_DMA 0x00008000
#define SPI_TX_DMA 0x00004000
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to SPIIntEnable(), SPIIntDiasble(),
// SPIIntClear() or returned from SPIStatus()
//*****************************************************************************
#define SPI_INT_DMATX 0x20000000
#define SPI_INT_DMARX 0x10000000
#define SPI_INT_EOW 0x00020000
#define SPI_INT_WKS 0x00010000
#define SPI_INT_RX_OVRFLOW 0x00000008
#define SPI_INT_RX_FULL 0x00000004
#define SPI_INT_TX_UDRFLOW 0x00000002
#define SPI_INT_TX_EMPTY 0x00000001
//*****************************************************************************
// Values that can be passed to SPITransfer()
//*****************************************************************************
#define SPI_CS_ENABLE 0x00000001
#define SPI_CS_DISABLE 0x00000002
//*****************************************************************************
//
// API Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void SPIEnable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void SPIDisable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void SPIReset(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void SPIConfigSetExpClk(unsigned long ulBase,unsigned long ulSPIClk,
unsigned long ulBitRate, unsigned long ulMode,
unsigned long ulSubMode, unsigned long ulConfig);
extern long SPIDataGetNonBlocking(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long * pulData);
extern void SPIDataGet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long *pulData);
extern long SPIDataPutNonBlocking(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulData);
extern void SPIDataPut(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulData);
extern void SPIFIFOEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulFlags);
extern void SPIFIFODisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulFlags);
extern void SPIFIFOLevelSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTxLevel,
unsigned long ulRxLevel);
extern void SPIFIFOLevelGet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long *pulTxLevel,
unsigned long *pulRxLevel);
extern void SPIWordCountSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulWordCount);
extern void SPIIntRegister(unsigned long ulBase, void(*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void SPIIntUnregister(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void SPIIntEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void SPIIntDisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern unsigned long SPIIntStatus(unsigned long ulBase, tBoolean bMasked);
extern void SPIIntClear(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void SPIDmaEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulFlags);
extern void SPIDmaDisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulFlags);
extern void SPICSEnable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void SPICSDisable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern long SPITransfer(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned char *ucDout,
unsigned char *ucDin, unsigned long ulSize,
unsigned long ulFlags);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __SPI_H__

275
driverlib/systick.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// systick.c
//
// Driver for the SysTick timer in NVIC.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup systick_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include "inc/hw_ints.h"
#include "inc/hw_nvic.h"
#include "inc/hw_types.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "interrupt.h"
#include "systick.h"
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables the SysTick counter.
//!
//! This function starts the SysTick counter. If an interrupt handler has been
//! registered, it is called when the SysTick counter rolls over.
//!
//! \note Calling this function causes the SysTick counter to (re)commence
//! counting from its current value. The counter is not automatically reloaded
//! with the period as specified in a previous call to SysTickPeriodSet(). If
//! an immediate reload is required, the \b NVIC_ST_CURRENT register must be
//! written to force the reload. Any write to this register clears the SysTick
//! counter to 0 and causes a reload with the supplied period on the next
//! clock.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SysTickEnable(void)
{
//
// Enable SysTick.
//
HWREG(NVIC_ST_CTRL) |= NVIC_ST_CTRL_CLK_SRC | NVIC_ST_CTRL_ENABLE;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables the SysTick counter.
//!
//! This function stops the SysTick counter. If an interrupt handler has been
//! registered, it is not called until SysTick is restarted.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SysTickDisable(void)
{
//
// Disable SysTick.
//
HWREG(NVIC_ST_CTRL) &= ~(NVIC_ST_CTRL_ENABLE);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Registers an interrupt handler for the SysTick interrupt.
//!
//! \param pfnHandler is a pointer to the function to be called when the
//! SysTick interrupt occurs.
//!
//! This function registers the handler to be called when a SysTick interrupt
//! occurs.
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SysTickIntRegister(void (*pfnHandler)(void))
{
//
// Register the interrupt handler, returning an error if an error occurs.
//
IntRegister(FAULT_SYSTICK, pfnHandler);
//
// Enable the SysTick interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_ST_CTRL) |= NVIC_ST_CTRL_INTEN;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Unregisters the interrupt handler for the SysTick interrupt.
//!
//! This function unregisters the handler to be called when a SysTick interrupt
//! occurs.
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SysTickIntUnregister(void)
{
//
// Disable the SysTick interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_ST_CTRL) &= ~(NVIC_ST_CTRL_INTEN);
//
// Unregister the interrupt handler.
//
IntUnregister(FAULT_SYSTICK);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables the SysTick interrupt.
//!
//! This function enables the SysTick interrupt, allowing it to be
//! reflected to the processor.
//!
//! \note The SysTick interrupt handler is not required to clear the SysTick
//! interrupt source because it is cleared automatically by the NVIC when the
//! interrupt handler is called.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SysTickIntEnable(void)
{
//
// Enable the SysTick interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_ST_CTRL) |= NVIC_ST_CTRL_INTEN;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables the SysTick interrupt.
//!
//! This function disables the SysTick interrupt, preventing it from being
//! reflected to the processor.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SysTickIntDisable(void)
{
//
// Disable the SysTick interrupt.
//
HWREG(NVIC_ST_CTRL) &= ~(NVIC_ST_CTRL_INTEN);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the period of the SysTick counter.
//!
//! \param ulPeriod is the number of clock ticks in each period of the SysTick
//! counter and must be between 1 and 16,777,216, inclusive.
//!
//! This function sets the rate at which the SysTick counter wraps, which
//! equates to the number of processor clocks between interrupts.
//!
//! \note Calling this function does not cause the SysTick counter to reload
//! immediately. If an immediate reload is required, the \b NVIC_ST_CURRENT
//! register must be written. Any write to this register clears the SysTick
//! counter to 0 and causes a reload with the \e ulPeriod supplied here on
//! the next clock after SysTick is enabled.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
SysTickPeriodSet(unsigned long ulPeriod)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulPeriod > 0) && (ulPeriod <= 16777216));
//
// Set the period of the SysTick counter.
//
HWREG(NVIC_ST_RELOAD) = ulPeriod - 1;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the period of the SysTick counter.
//!
//! This function returns the rate at which the SysTick counter wraps, which
//! equates to the number of processor clocks between interrupts.
//!
//! \return Returns the period of the SysTick counter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long
SysTickPeriodGet(void)
{
//
// Return the period of the SysTick counter.
//
return(HWREG(NVIC_ST_RELOAD) + 1);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the current value of the SysTick counter.
//!
//! This function returns the current value of the SysTick counter, which is
//! a value between the period - 1 and zero, inclusive.
//!
//! \return Returns the current value of the SysTick counter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long
SysTickValueGet(void)
{
//
// Return the current value of the SysTick counter.
//
return(HWREG(NVIC_ST_CURRENT));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

78
driverlib/systick.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// systick.h
//
// Prototypes for the SysTick driver.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __SYSTICK_H__
#define __SYSTICK_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Prototypes for the APIs.
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void SysTickEnable(void);
extern void SysTickDisable(void);
extern void SysTickIntRegister(void (*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void SysTickIntUnregister(void);
extern void SysTickIntEnable(void);
extern void SysTickIntDisable(void);
extern void SysTickPeriodSet(unsigned long ulPeriod);
extern unsigned long SysTickPeriodGet(void);
extern unsigned long SysTickValueGet(void);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __SYSTICK_H__

1103
driverlib/timer.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

210
driverlib/timer.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// timer.h
//
// Prototypes for the timer module
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __TIMER_H__
#define __TIMER_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to TimerConfigure as the ulConfig parameter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define TIMER_CFG_ONE_SHOT 0x00000021 // Full-width one-shot timer
#define TIMER_CFG_ONE_SHOT_UP 0x00000031 // Full-width one-shot up-count
// timer
#define TIMER_CFG_PERIODIC 0x00000022 // Full-width periodic timer
#define TIMER_CFG_PERIODIC_UP 0x00000032 // Full-width periodic up-count
// timer
#define TIMER_CFG_SPLIT_PAIR 0x04000000 // Two half-width timers
#define TIMER_CFG_A_ONE_SHOT 0x00000021 // Timer A one-shot timer
#define TIMER_CFG_A_ONE_SHOT_UP 0x00000031 // Timer A one-shot up-count timer
#define TIMER_CFG_A_PERIODIC 0x00000022 // Timer A periodic timer
#define TIMER_CFG_A_PERIODIC_UP 0x00000032 // Timer A periodic up-count timer
#define TIMER_CFG_A_CAP_COUNT 0x00000003 // Timer A event counter
#define TIMER_CFG_A_CAP_COUNT_UP 0x00000013 // Timer A event up-counter
#define TIMER_CFG_A_CAP_TIME 0x00000007 // Timer A event timer
#define TIMER_CFG_A_CAP_TIME_UP 0x00000017 // Timer A event up-count timer
#define TIMER_CFG_A_PWM 0x0000000A // Timer A PWM output
#define TIMER_CFG_B_ONE_SHOT 0x00002100 // Timer B one-shot timer
#define TIMER_CFG_B_ONE_SHOT_UP 0x00003100 // Timer B one-shot up-count timer
#define TIMER_CFG_B_PERIODIC 0x00002200 // Timer B periodic timer
#define TIMER_CFG_B_PERIODIC_UP 0x00003200 // Timer B periodic up-count timer
#define TIMER_CFG_B_CAP_COUNT 0x00000300 // Timer B event counter
#define TIMER_CFG_B_CAP_COUNT_UP 0x00001300 // Timer B event up-counter
#define TIMER_CFG_B_CAP_TIME 0x00000700 // Timer B event timer
#define TIMER_CFG_B_CAP_TIME_UP 0x00001700 // Timer B event up-count timer
#define TIMER_CFG_B_PWM 0x00000A00 // Timer B PWM output
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to TimerIntEnable, TimerIntDisable, and
// TimerIntClear as the ulIntFlags parameter, and returned from TimerIntStatus.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define TIMER_TIMB_DMA 0x00002000 // TimerB DMA Done interrupt
#define TIMER_TIMB_MATCH 0x00000800 // TimerB match interrupt
#define TIMER_CAPB_EVENT 0x00000400 // CaptureB event interrupt
#define TIMER_CAPB_MATCH 0x00000200 // CaptureB match interrupt
#define TIMER_TIMB_TIMEOUT 0x00000100 // TimerB time out interrupt
#define TIMER_TIMA_DMA 0x00000020 // TimerA DMA Done interrupt
#define TIMER_TIMA_MATCH 0x00000010 // TimerA match interrupt
#define TIMER_CAPA_EVENT 0x00000004 // CaptureA event interrupt
#define TIMER_CAPA_MATCH 0x00000002 // CaptureA match interrupt
#define TIMER_TIMA_TIMEOUT 0x00000001 // TimerA time out interrupt
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to TimerControlEvent as the ulEvent parameter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define TIMER_EVENT_POS_EDGE 0x00000000 // Count positive edges
#define TIMER_EVENT_NEG_EDGE 0x00000404 // Count negative edges
#define TIMER_EVENT_BOTH_EDGES 0x00000C0C // Count both edges
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to most of the timer APIs as the ulTimer
// parameter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define TIMER_A 0x000000ff // Timer A
#define TIMER_B 0x0000ff00 // Timer B
#define TIMER_BOTH 0x0000ffff // Timer Both
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to TimerSynchronize as the ulTimers parameter.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define TIMER_0A_SYNC 0x00000001 // Synchronize Timer 0A
#define TIMER_0B_SYNC 0x00000002 // Synchronize Timer 0B
#define TIMER_1A_SYNC 0x00000004 // Synchronize Timer 1A
#define TIMER_1B_SYNC 0x00000008 // Synchronize Timer 1B
#define TIMER_2A_SYNC 0x00000010 // Synchronize Timer 2A
#define TIMER_2B_SYNC 0x00000020 // Synchronize Timer 2B
#define TIMER_3A_SYNC 0x00000040 // Synchronize Timer 3A
#define TIMER_3B_SYNC 0x00000080 // Synchronize Timer 3B
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to TimerDMAEventSet() or returned from
// TimerDMAEventGet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define TIMER_DMA_MODEMATCH_B 0x00000800
#define TIMER_DMA_CAPEVENT_B 0x00000400
#define TIMER_DMA_CAPMATCH_B 0x00000200
#define TIMER_DMA_TIMEOUT_B 0x00000100
#define TIMER_DMA_MODEMATCH_A 0x00000010
#define TIMER_DMA_CAPEVENT_A 0x00000004
#define TIMER_DMA_CAPMATCH_A 0x00000002
#define TIMER_DMA_TIMEOUT_A 0x00000001
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Prototypes for the APIs.
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void TimerEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer);
extern void TimerDisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer);
extern void TimerConfigure(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulConfig);
extern void TimerControlLevel(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer,
tBoolean bInvert);
extern void TimerControlEvent(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer,
unsigned long ulEvent);
extern void TimerControlStall(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer,
tBoolean bStall);
extern void TimerPrescaleSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer,
unsigned long ulValue);
extern unsigned long TimerPrescaleGet(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulTimer);
extern void TimerPrescaleMatchSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer,
unsigned long ulValue);
extern unsigned long TimerPrescaleMatchGet(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulTimer);
extern void TimerLoadSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer,
unsigned long ulValue);
extern unsigned long TimerLoadGet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer);
extern unsigned long TimerValueGet(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulTimer);
extern void TimerValueSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer,
unsigned long ulValue);
extern void TimerMatchSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer,
unsigned long ulValue);
extern unsigned long TimerMatchGet(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulTimer);
extern void TimerIntRegister(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer,
void (*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void TimerIntUnregister(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTimer);
extern void TimerIntEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void TimerIntDisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern unsigned long TimerIntStatus(unsigned long ulBase, tBoolean bMasked);
extern void TimerIntClear(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void TimerDMAEventSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulDMAEvent);
extern unsigned long TimerDMAEventGet(unsigned long ulBase);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __TIMER_H__

1506
driverlib/uart.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

234
driverlib/uart.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// uart.h
//
// Defines and Macros for the UART.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __UART_H__
#define __UART_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to UARTIntEnable, UARTIntDisable, and UARTIntClear
// as the ulIntFlags parameter, and returned from UARTIntStatus.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UART_INT_DMATX 0x20000 // DMA Tx Done interrupt Mask
#define UART_INT_DMARX 0x10000 // DMA Rx Done interrupt Mask
#define UART_INT_EOT 0x800 // End of transfer interrupt Mask
#define UART_INT_OE 0x400 // Overrun Error Interrupt Mask
#define UART_INT_BE 0x200 // Break Error Interrupt Mask
#define UART_INT_PE 0x100 // Parity Error Interrupt Mask
#define UART_INT_FE 0x080 // Framing Error Interrupt Mask
#define UART_INT_RT 0x040 // Receive Timeout Interrupt Mask
#define UART_INT_TX 0x020 // Transmit Interrupt Mask
#define UART_INT_RX 0x010 // Receive Interrupt Mask
#define UART_INT_CTS 0x002 // CTS Modem Interrupt Mask
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to UARTConfigSetExpClk as the ulConfig parameter
// and returned by UARTConfigGetExpClk in the pulConfig parameter.
// Additionally, the UART_CONFIG_PAR_* subset can be passed to
// UARTParityModeSet as the ulParity parameter, and are returned by
// UARTParityModeGet.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UART_CONFIG_WLEN_MASK 0x00000060 // Mask for extracting word length
#define UART_CONFIG_WLEN_8 0x00000060 // 8 bit data
#define UART_CONFIG_WLEN_7 0x00000040 // 7 bit data
#define UART_CONFIG_WLEN_6 0x00000020 // 6 bit data
#define UART_CONFIG_WLEN_5 0x00000000 // 5 bit data
#define UART_CONFIG_STOP_MASK 0x00000008 // Mask for extracting stop bits
#define UART_CONFIG_STOP_ONE 0x00000000 // One stop bit
#define UART_CONFIG_STOP_TWO 0x00000008 // Two stop bits
#define UART_CONFIG_PAR_MASK 0x00000086 // Mask for extracting parity
#define UART_CONFIG_PAR_NONE 0x00000000 // No parity
#define UART_CONFIG_PAR_EVEN 0x00000006 // Even parity
#define UART_CONFIG_PAR_ODD 0x00000002 // Odd parity
#define UART_CONFIG_PAR_ONE 0x00000082 // Parity bit is one
#define UART_CONFIG_PAR_ZERO 0x00000086 // Parity bit is zero
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to UARTFIFOLevelSet as the ulTxLevel parameter and
// returned by UARTFIFOLevelGet in the pulTxLevel.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UART_FIFO_TX1_8 0x00000000 // Transmit interrupt at 1/8 Full
#define UART_FIFO_TX2_8 0x00000001 // Transmit interrupt at 1/4 Full
#define UART_FIFO_TX4_8 0x00000002 // Transmit interrupt at 1/2 Full
#define UART_FIFO_TX6_8 0x00000003 // Transmit interrupt at 3/4 Full
#define UART_FIFO_TX7_8 0x00000004 // Transmit interrupt at 7/8 Full
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to UARTFIFOLevelSet as the ulRxLevel parameter and
// returned by UARTFIFOLevelGet in the pulRxLevel.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UART_FIFO_RX1_8 0x00000000 // Receive interrupt at 1/8 Full
#define UART_FIFO_RX2_8 0x00000008 // Receive interrupt at 1/4 Full
#define UART_FIFO_RX4_8 0x00000010 // Receive interrupt at 1/2 Full
#define UART_FIFO_RX6_8 0x00000018 // Receive interrupt at 3/4 Full
#define UART_FIFO_RX7_8 0x00000020 // Receive interrupt at 7/8 Full
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to UARTDMAEnable() and UARTDMADisable().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UART_DMA_ERR_RXSTOP 0x00000004 // Stop DMA receive if UART error
#define UART_DMA_TX 0x00000002 // Enable DMA for transmit
#define UART_DMA_RX 0x00000001 // Enable DMA for receive
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values returned from UARTRxErrorGet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UART_RXERROR_OVERRUN 0x00000008
#define UART_RXERROR_BREAK 0x00000004
#define UART_RXERROR_PARITY 0x00000002
#define UART_RXERROR_FRAMING 0x00000001
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to UARTModemControlSet()and UARTModemControlClear()
// or returned from UARTModemControlGet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UART_OUTPUT_RTS 0x00000800
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be returned from UARTModemStatusGet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UART_INPUT_CTS 0x00000001
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to UARTFlowControl() or returned from
// UARTFlowControlGet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UART_FLOWCONTROL_TX 0x00008000
#define UART_FLOWCONTROL_RX 0x00004000
#define UART_FLOWCONTROL_NONE 0x00000000
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to UARTTxIntModeSet() or returned from
// UARTTxIntModeGet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UART_TXINT_MODE_FIFO 0x00000000
#define UART_TXINT_MODE_EOT 0x00000010
//*****************************************************************************
//
// API Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void UARTParityModeSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulParity);
extern unsigned long UARTParityModeGet(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void UARTFIFOLevelSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulTxLevel,
unsigned long ulRxLevel);
extern void UARTFIFOLevelGet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long *pulTxLevel,
unsigned long *pulRxLevel);
extern void UARTConfigSetExpClk(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulUARTClk,
unsigned long ulBaud, unsigned long ulConfig);
extern void UARTConfigGetExpClk(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulUARTClk,
unsigned long *pulBaud,
unsigned long *pulConfig);
extern void UARTEnable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void UARTDisable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void UARTFIFOEnable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void UARTFIFODisable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern tBoolean UARTCharsAvail(unsigned long ulBase);
extern tBoolean UARTSpaceAvail(unsigned long ulBase);
extern long UARTCharGetNonBlocking(unsigned long ulBase);
extern long UARTCharGet(unsigned long ulBase);
extern tBoolean UARTCharPutNonBlocking(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned char ucData);
extern void UARTCharPut(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned char ucData);
extern void UARTBreakCtl(unsigned long ulBase, tBoolean bBreakState);
extern tBoolean UARTBusy(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void UARTIntRegister(unsigned long ulBase, void(*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void UARTIntUnregister(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void UARTIntEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void UARTIntDisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern unsigned long UARTIntStatus(unsigned long ulBase, tBoolean bMasked);
extern void UARTIntClear(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulIntFlags);
extern void UARTDMAEnable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulDMAFlags);
extern void UARTDMADisable(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulDMAFlags);
extern unsigned long UARTRxErrorGet(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void UARTRxErrorClear(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void UARTModemControlSet(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulControl);
extern void UARTModemControlClear(unsigned long ulBase,
unsigned long ulControl);
extern unsigned long UARTModemControlGet(unsigned long ulBase);
extern unsigned long UARTModemStatusGet(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void UARTFlowControlSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulMode);
extern unsigned long UARTFlowControlGet(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void UARTTxIntModeSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulMode);
extern unsigned long UARTTxIntModeGet(unsigned long ulBase);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __UART_H__

1254
driverlib/udma.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

663
driverlib/udma.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,663 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// udma.h
//
// Prototypes and macros for the uDMA controller.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __UDMA_H__
#define __UDMA_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup uDMA_Micro_Direct_Memory_Access_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
// A structure that defines an entry in the channel control table. These
// fields are used by the uDMA controller and normally it is not necessary for
// software to directly read or write fields in the table.
//
//*****************************************************************************
typedef struct
{
//
// The ending source address of the data transfer.
//
volatile void *pvSrcEndAddr;
//
// The ending destination address of the data transfer.
//
volatile void *pvDstEndAddr;
//
// The channel control mode.
//
volatile unsigned long ulControl;
//
// An unused location.
//
volatile unsigned long ulSpare;
}
tDMAControlTable;
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! A helper macro for building scatter-gather task table entries.
//!
//! \param ulTransferCount is the count of items to transfer for this task.
//! \param ulItemSize is the bit size of the items to transfer for this task.
//! \param ulSrcIncrement is the bit size increment for source data.
//! \param pvSrcAddr is the starting address of the data to transfer.
//! \param ulDstIncrement is the bit size increment for destination data.
//! \param pvDstAddr is the starting address of the destination data.
//! \param ulArbSize is the arbitration size to use for the transfer task.
//! \param ulMode is the transfer mode for this task.
//!
//! This macro is intended to be used to help populate a table of uDMA tasks
//! for a scatter-gather transfer. This macro will calculate the values for
//! the fields of a task structure entry based on the input parameters.
//!
//! There are specific requirements for the values of each parameter. No
//! checking is done so it is up to the caller to ensure that correct values
//! are used for the parameters.
//!
//! The \e ulTransferCount parameter is the number of items that will be
//! transferred by this task. It must be in the range 1-1024.
//!
//! The \e ulItemSize parameter is the bit size of the transfer data. It must
//! be one of \b UDMA_SIZE_8, \b UDMA_SIZE_16, or \b UDMA_SIZE_32.
//!
//! The \e ulSrcIncrement parameter is the increment size for the source data.
//! It must be one of \b UDMA_SRC_INC_8, \b UDMA_SRC_INC_16,
//! \b UDMA_SRC_INC_32, or \b UDMA_SRC_INC_NONE.
//!
//! The \e pvSrcAddr parameter is a void pointer to the beginning of the source
//! data.
//!
//! The \e ulDstIncrement parameter is the increment size for the destination
//! data. It must be one of \b UDMA_DST_INC_8, \b UDMA_DST_INC_16,
//! \b UDMA_DST_INC_32, or \b UDMA_DST_INC_NONE.
//!
//! The \e pvDstAddr parameter is a void pointer to the beginning of the
//! location where the data will be transferred.
//!
//! The \e ulArbSize parameter is the arbitration size for the transfer, and
//! must be one of \b UDMA_ARB_1, \b UDMA_ARB_2, \b UDMA_ARB_4, and so on
//! up to \b UDMA_ARB_1024. This is used to select the arbitration size in
//! powers of 2, from 1 to 1024.
//!
//! The \e ulMode parameter is the mode to use for this transfer task. It
//! must be one of \b UDMA_MODE_BASIC, \b UDMA_MODE_AUTO,
//! \b UDMA_MODE_MEM_SCATTER_GATHER, or \b UDMA_MODE_PER_SCATTER_GATHER. Note
//! that normally all tasks will be one of the scatter-gather modes while the
//! last task is a task list will be AUTO or BASIC.
//!
//! This macro is intended to be used to initialize individual entries of
//! a structure of tDMAControlTable type, like this:
//!
//! \verbatim
//! tDMAControlTable MyTaskList[] =
//! {
//! uDMATaskStructEntry(Task1Count, UDMA_SIZE_8,
//! UDMA_SRC_INC_8, MySourceBuf,
//! UDMA_DST_INC_8, MyDestBuf,
//! UDMA_ARB_8, UDMA_MODE_MEM_SCATTER_GATHER),
//! uDMATaskStructEntry(Task2Count, ... ),
//! }
//! \endverbatim
//!
//! \return Nothing; this is not a function.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define uDMATaskStructEntry(ulTransferCount, \
ulItemSize, \
ulSrcIncrement, \
pvSrcAddr, \
ulDstIncrement, \
pvDstAddr, \
ulArbSize, \
ulMode) \
{ \
(((ulSrcIncrement) == UDMA_SRC_INC_NONE) ? (void *)(pvSrcAddr) : \
((void *)(&((unsigned char *)(pvSrcAddr))[((ulTransferCount) << \
((ulSrcIncrement) >> 26)) - 1]))), \
(((ulDstIncrement) == UDMA_DST_INC_NONE) ? (void *)(pvDstAddr) : \
((void *)(&((unsigned char *)(pvDstAddr))[((ulTransferCount) << \
((ulDstIncrement) >> 30)) - 1]))), \
(ulSrcIncrement) | (ulDstIncrement) | (ulItemSize) | (ulArbSize) | \
(((ulTransferCount) - 1) << 4) | \
((((ulMode) == UDMA_MODE_MEM_SCATTER_GATHER) || \
((ulMode) == UDMA_MODE_PER_SCATTER_GATHER)) ? \
(ulMode) | UDMA_MODE_ALT_SELECT : (ulMode)), 0 \
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Flags that can be passed to uDMAChannelAttributeEnable(),
// uDMAChannelAttributeDisable(), and returned from uDMAChannelAttributeGet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UDMA_ATTR_USEBURST 0x00000001
#define UDMA_ATTR_ALTSELECT 0x00000002
#define UDMA_ATTR_HIGH_PRIORITY 0x00000004
#define UDMA_ATTR_REQMASK 0x00000008
#define UDMA_ATTR_ALL 0x0000000F
//*****************************************************************************
//
// DMA control modes that can be passed to uDMAModeSet() and returned
// uDMAModeGet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UDMA_MODE_STOP 0x00000000
#define UDMA_MODE_BASIC 0x00000001
#define UDMA_MODE_AUTO 0x00000002
#define UDMA_MODE_PINGPONG 0x00000003
#define UDMA_MODE_MEM_SCATTER_GATHER \
0x00000004
#define UDMA_MODE_PER_SCATTER_GATHER \
0x00000006
#define UDMA_MODE_ALT_SELECT 0x00000001
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Flags to be OR'd with the channel ID to indicate if the primary or alternate
// control structure should be used.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UDMA_PRI_SELECT 0x00000000
#define UDMA_ALT_SELECT 0x00000020
//*****************************************************************************
//
// uDMA interrupt sources, to be passed to uDMAIntRegister() and
// uDMAIntUnregister().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UDMA_INT_SW INT_UDMA
#define UDMA_INT_ERR INT_UDMAERR
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Channel configuration values that can be passed to uDMAControlSet().
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UDMA_DST_INC_8 0x00000000
#define UDMA_DST_INC_16 0x40000000
#define UDMA_DST_INC_32 0x80000000
#define UDMA_DST_INC_NONE 0xc0000000
#define UDMA_SRC_INC_8 0x00000000
#define UDMA_SRC_INC_16 0x04000000
#define UDMA_SRC_INC_32 0x08000000
#define UDMA_SRC_INC_NONE 0x0c000000
#define UDMA_SIZE_8 0x00000000
#define UDMA_SIZE_16 0x11000000
#define UDMA_SIZE_32 0x22000000
#define UDMA_ARB_1 0x00000000
#define UDMA_ARB_2 0x00004000
#define UDMA_ARB_4 0x00008000
#define UDMA_ARB_8 0x0000c000
#define UDMA_ARB_16 0x00010000
#define UDMA_ARB_32 0x00014000
#define UDMA_ARB_64 0x00018000
#define UDMA_ARB_128 0x0001c000
#define UDMA_ARB_256 0x00020000
#define UDMA_ARB_512 0x00024000
#define UDMA_ARB_1024 0x00028000
#define UDMA_NEXT_USEBURST 0x00000008
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Values that can be passed to uDMAChannelAssign() to select peripheral
// mapping for each channel. The channels named RESERVED may be assigned
// to a peripheral in future parts.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Channel 0
//
#define UDMA_CH0_TIMERA0_A 0x00000000
#define UDMA_CH0_SHAMD5_CIN 0x00010000
#define UDMA_CH0_SW 0x00030000
//
// Channel 1
//
#define UDMA_CH1_TIMERA0_B 0x00000001
#define UDMA_CH1_SHAMD5_DIN 0x00010001
#define UDMA_CH1_SW 0x00030001
//
// Channel 2
//
#define UDMA_CH2_TIMERA1_A 0x00000002
#define UDMA_CH2_SHAMD5_COUT 0x00010002
#define UDMA_CH2_SW 0x00030002
//
// Channel 3
//
#define UDMA_CH3_TIMERA1_B 0x00000003
#define UDMA_CH3_DES_CIN 0x00010003
#define UDMA_CH3_SW 0x00030003
//
// Channel 4
//
#define UDMA_CH4_TIMERA2_A 0x00000004
#define UDMA_CH4_DES_DIN 0x00010004
#define UDMA_CH4_I2S_RX 0x00020004
#define UDMA_CH4_SW 0x00030004
//
// Channel 5
//
#define UDMA_CH5_TIMERA2_B 0x00000005
#define UDMA_CH5_DES_DOUT 0x00010005
#define UDMA_CH5_I2S_TX 0x00020005
#define UDMA_CH5_SW 0x00030005
//
// Channel 6
//
#define UDMA_CH6_TIMERA3_A 0x00000006
#define UDMA_CH6_GSPI_RX 0x00010006
#define UDMA_CH6_GPIOA2 0x00020006
#define UDMA_CH6_SW 0x00030006
//
// Channel 7
//
#define UDMA_CH7_TIMERA3_B 0x00000007
#define UDMA_CH7_GSPI_TX 0x00010007
#define UDMA_CH7_GPIOA3 0x00020007
#define UDMA_CH7_SW 0x00030007
//
// Channel 8
//
#define UDMA_CH8_UARTA0_RX 0x00000008
#define UDMA_CH8_TIMERA0_A 0x00010008
#define UDMA_CH8_TIMERA2_A 0x00020008
#define UDMA_CH8_SW 0x00030008
//
// Channel 9
//
#define UDMA_CH9_UARTA0_TX 0x00000009
#define UDMA_CH9_TIMERA0_B 0x00010009
#define UDMA_CH9_TIMERA2_B 0x00020009
#define UDMA_CH9_SW 0x00030009
//
// Channel 10
//
#define UDMA_CH10_UARTA1_RX 0x0000000A
#define UDMA_CH10_TIMERA1_A 0x0001000A
#define UDMA_CH10_TIMERA3_A 0x0002000A
#define UDMA_CH10_SW 0x0003000A
//
// Channel 11
//
#define UDMA_CH11_UARTA1_TX 0x0000000B
#define UDMA_CH11_TIMERA1_B 0x0001000B
#define UDMA_CH11_TIMERA3_B 0x0002000B
#define UDMA_CH11_SW 0x0003000B
//
// Channel 12
//
#define UDMA_CH12_LSPI_RX 0x0000000C
#define UDMA_CH12_SW 0x0003000C
//
// Channel 13
//
#define UDMA_CH13_LSPI_TX 0x0000000D
#define UDMA_CH13_SW 0x0003000D
//
// Channel 14
//
#define UDMA_CH14_ADC_CH0 0x0000000E
#define UDMA_CH14_SDHOST_RX 0x0002000E
#define UDMA_CH14_SW 0x0003000E
//
// Channel 15
//
#define UDMA_CH15_ADC_CH1 0x0000000F
#define UDMA_CH15_SDHOST_TX 0x0002000F
#define UDMA_CH15_SW 0x0003000F
//
// Channel 16
//
#define UDMA_CH16_ADC_CH2 0x00000010
#define UDMA_CH16_TIMERA2_A 0x00010010
#define UDMA_CH16_SW 0x00030010
//
// Channel 17
//
#define UDMA_CH17_ADC_CH3 0x00000011
#define UDMA_CH17_TIMERA2_B 0x00010011
#define UDMA_CH17_SW 0x00030011
//
// Channel 18
//
#define UDMA_CH18_GPIOA0 0x00000012
#define UDMA_CH18_AES_CIN 0x00010012
#define UDMA_CH18_I2S_RX 0x00020012
#define UDMA_CH18_SW 0x00030012
//
// Channel 19
//
#define UDMA_CH19_GPOIA1 0x00000013
#define UDMA_CH19_AES_COUT 0x00010013
#define UDMA_CH19_I2S_TX 0x00020013
#define UDMA_CH19_SW 0x00030013
//
// Channel 20
//
#define UDMA_CH20_GPIOA2 0x00000014
#define UDMA_CH20_AES_DIN 0x00010014
#define UDMA_CH20_SW 0x00030014
//
// Channel 21
//
#define UDMA_CH21_GPIOA3 0x00000015
#define UDMA_CH21_AES_DOUT 0x00010015
#define UDMA_CH21_SW 0x00030015
//
// Channel 22
//
#define UDMA_CH22_CAMERA 0x00000016
#define UDMA_CH22_GPIOA4 0x00010016
#define UDMA_CH22_SW 0x00030016
//
// Channel 23
//
#define UDMA_CH23_SDHOST_RX 0x00000017
#define UDMA_CH23_TIMERA3_A 0x00010017
#define UDMA_CH23_TIMERA2_A 0x00020017
#define UDMA_CH23_SW 0x00030017
//
// Channel 24
//
#define UDMA_CH24_SDHOST_TX 0x00000018
#define UDMA_CH24_TIMERA3_B 0x00010018
#define UDMA_CH24_TIMERA2_B 0x00020018
#define UDMA_CH24_SW 0x00030018
//
// Channel 25
//
#define UDMA_CH25_SSPI_RX 0x00000019
#define UDMA_CH25_I2CA0_RX 0x00010019
#define UDMA_CH25_SW 0x00030019
//
// Channel 26
//
#define UDMA_CH26_SSPI_TX 0x0000001A
#define UDMA_CH26_I2CA0_TX 0x0001001A
#define UDMA_CH26_SW 0x0003001A
//
// Channel 27
//
#define UDMA_CH27_GPIOA0 0x0001001B
#define UDMA_CH27_SW 0x0003001B
//
// Channel 28
//
#define UDMA_CH28_GPIOA1 0x0001001C
#define UDMA_CH28_SW 0x0003001C
//
// Channel 29
//
#define UDMA_CH29_GPIOA4 0x0000001D
#define UDMA_CH29_SW 0x0003001D
//
// Channel 30
//
#define UDMA_CH30_GSPI_RX 0x0000001E
#define UDMA_CH30_SDHOST_RX 0x0001001E
#define UDMA_CH30_I2CA0_RX 0x0002001E
#define UDMA_CH30_SW 0x0003001E
//
// Channel 31
//
#define UDMA_CH31_GSPI_TX 0x0000001F
#define UDMA_CH31_SDHOST_TX 0x0001001F
#define UDMA_CH31_I2CA0_RX 0x0002001F
#define UDMA_CH31_SW 0x0003001F
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following are defines for the Micro Direct Memory Access (uDMA) offsets.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UDMA_O_SRCENDP 0x00000000 // DMA Channel Source Address End
// Pointer
#define UDMA_O_DSTENDP 0x00000004 // DMA Channel Destination Address
// End Pointer
#define UDMA_O_CHCTL 0x00000008 // DMA Channel Control Word
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following are defines for the bit fields in the UDMA_O_SRCENDP register.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UDMA_SRCENDP_ADDR_M 0xFFFFFFFF // Source Address End Pointer
#define UDMA_SRCENDP_ADDR_S 0
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following are defines for the bit fields in the UDMA_O_DSTENDP register.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UDMA_DSTENDP_ADDR_M 0xFFFFFFFF // Destination Address End Pointer
#define UDMA_DSTENDP_ADDR_S 0
//*****************************************************************************
//
// The following are defines for the bit fields in the UDMA_O_CHCTL register.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#define UDMA_CHCTL_DSTINC_M 0xC0000000 // Destination Address Increment
#define UDMA_CHCTL_DSTINC_8 0x00000000 // Byte
#define UDMA_CHCTL_DSTINC_16 0x40000000 // Half-word
#define UDMA_CHCTL_DSTINC_32 0x80000000 // Word
#define UDMA_CHCTL_DSTINC_NONE 0xC0000000 // No increment
#define UDMA_CHCTL_DSTSIZE_M 0x30000000 // Destination Data Size
#define UDMA_CHCTL_DSTSIZE_8 0x00000000 // Byte
#define UDMA_CHCTL_DSTSIZE_16 0x10000000 // Half-word
#define UDMA_CHCTL_DSTSIZE_32 0x20000000 // Word
#define UDMA_CHCTL_SRCINC_M 0x0C000000 // Source Address Increment
#define UDMA_CHCTL_SRCINC_8 0x00000000 // Byte
#define UDMA_CHCTL_SRCINC_16 0x04000000 // Half-word
#define UDMA_CHCTL_SRCINC_32 0x08000000 // Word
#define UDMA_CHCTL_SRCINC_NONE 0x0C000000 // No increment
#define UDMA_CHCTL_SRCSIZE_M 0x03000000 // Source Data Size
#define UDMA_CHCTL_SRCSIZE_8 0x00000000 // Byte
#define UDMA_CHCTL_SRCSIZE_16 0x01000000 // Half-word
#define UDMA_CHCTL_SRCSIZE_32 0x02000000 // Word
#define UDMA_CHCTL_ARBSIZE_M 0x0003C000 // Arbitration Size
#define UDMA_CHCTL_ARBSIZE_1 0x00000000 // 1 Transfer
#define UDMA_CHCTL_ARBSIZE_2 0x00004000 // 2 Transfers
#define UDMA_CHCTL_ARBSIZE_4 0x00008000 // 4 Transfers
#define UDMA_CHCTL_ARBSIZE_8 0x0000C000 // 8 Transfers
#define UDMA_CHCTL_ARBSIZE_16 0x00010000 // 16 Transfers
#define UDMA_CHCTL_ARBSIZE_32 0x00014000 // 32 Transfers
#define UDMA_CHCTL_ARBSIZE_64 0x00018000 // 64 Transfers
#define UDMA_CHCTL_ARBSIZE_128 0x0001C000 // 128 Transfers
#define UDMA_CHCTL_ARBSIZE_256 0x00020000 // 256 Transfers
#define UDMA_CHCTL_ARBSIZE_512 0x00024000 // 512 Transfers
#define UDMA_CHCTL_ARBSIZE_1024 0x00028000 // 1024 Transfers
#define UDMA_CHCTL_XFERSIZE_M 0x00003FF0 // Transfer Size (minus 1)
#define UDMA_CHCTL_NXTUSEBURST 0x00000008 // Next Useburst
#define UDMA_CHCTL_XFERMODE_M 0x00000007 // uDMA Transfer Mode
#define UDMA_CHCTL_XFERMODE_STOP \
0x00000000 // Stop
#define UDMA_CHCTL_XFERMODE_BASIC \
0x00000001 // Basic
#define UDMA_CHCTL_XFERMODE_AUTO \
0x00000002 // Auto-Request
#define UDMA_CHCTL_XFERMODE_PINGPONG \
0x00000003 // Ping-Pong
#define UDMA_CHCTL_XFERMODE_MEM_SG \
0x00000004 // Memory Scatter-Gather
#define UDMA_CHCTL_XFERMODE_MEM_SGA \
0x00000005 // Alternate Memory Scatter-Gather
#define UDMA_CHCTL_XFERMODE_PER_SG \
0x00000006 // Peripheral Scatter-Gather
#define UDMA_CHCTL_XFERMODE_PER_SGA \
0x00000007 // Alternate Peripheral
// Scatter-Gather
#define UDMA_CHCTL_XFERSIZE_S 4
//*****************************************************************************
//
// API Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void uDMAEnable(void);
extern void uDMADisable(void);
extern unsigned long uDMAErrorStatusGet(void);
extern void uDMAErrorStatusClear(void);
extern void uDMAChannelEnable(unsigned long ulChannelNum);
extern void uDMAChannelDisable(unsigned long ulChannelNum);
extern tBoolean uDMAChannelIsEnabled(unsigned long ulChannelNum);
extern void uDMAControlBaseSet(void *pControlTable);
extern void *uDMAControlBaseGet(void);
extern void *uDMAControlAlternateBaseGet(void);
extern void uDMAChannelRequest(unsigned long ulChannelNum);
extern void uDMAChannelAttributeEnable(unsigned long ulChannelNum,
unsigned long ulAttr);
extern void uDMAChannelAttributeDisable(unsigned long ulChannelNum,
unsigned long ulAttr);
extern unsigned long uDMAChannelAttributeGet(unsigned long ulChannelNum);
extern void uDMAChannelControlSet(unsigned long ulChannelStructIndex,
unsigned long ulControl);
extern void uDMAChannelTransferSet(unsigned long ulChannelStructIndex,
unsigned long ulMode, void *pvSrcAddr,
void *pvDstAddr,
unsigned long ulTransferSize);
extern void uDMAChannelScatterGatherSet(unsigned long ulChannelNum,
unsigned ulTaskCount, void *pvTaskList,
unsigned long ulIsPeriphSG);
extern unsigned long uDMAChannelSizeGet(unsigned long ulChannelStructIndex);
extern unsigned long uDMAChannelModeGet(unsigned long ulChannelStructIndex);
extern void uDMAIntRegister(unsigned long ulIntChannel,
void (*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void uDMAIntUnregister(unsigned long ulIntChannel);
extern unsigned long uDMAIntStatus(void);
extern void uDMAIntClear(unsigned long ulChanMask);
extern void uDMAChannelAssign(unsigned long ulMapping);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __UDMA_H__

104
driverlib/utils.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// utils.c
//
// Utility APIs
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup Utils_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include "utils.h"
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Provides a small delay.
//!
//! \param ulCount is the number of delay loop iterations to perform.
//!
//! This function provides a means of generating a constant length delay. It
//! is written in assembly to keep the delay consistent across tool chains,
//! avoiding the need to tune the delay based on the tool chain in use.
//!
//! The loop takes 3 cycles/loop.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#if defined(ewarm) || defined(DOXYGEN)
void
UtilsDelay(unsigned long ulCount)
{
__asm(" subs r0, #1\n"
" bne.n UtilsDelay\n");
}
#endif
#if defined(gcc)
void __attribute__((naked))
UtilsDelay(unsigned long ulCount)
{
__asm(" subs r0, #1\n"
" bne UtilsDelay\n"
" bx lr");
}
#endif
//
// For CCS implement this function in pure assembly. This prevents the TI
// compiler from doing funny things with the optimizer.
//
#if defined(ccs)
__asm(" .sect \".text:UtilsDelay\"\n"
" .clink\n"
" .thumbfunc UtilsDelay\n"
" .thumb\n"
" .global UtilsDelay\n"
"UtilsDelay:\n"
" subs r0, #1\n"
" bne.n UtilsDelay\n"
" bx lr\n");
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

71
driverlib/utils.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// utils.h
//
// Prototypes and macros for utility APIs
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __UTILS_H__
#define __UTILS_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// API Function prototypes
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern void UtilsDelay(unsigned long ulCount);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif //__UTILS_H__

71
driverlib/version.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// version.h
//
// Contains Driverlib version details
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __DRIVERLIB_VERSION_H__
#define __DRIVERLIB_VERSION_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
#define DRIVERLIB_MAJOR_VERSION_NUM 1
#define DRIVERLIB_MINOR_VERSION_NUM 2
#define DRIVERLIB_SUBMINOR_VERSION_NUM 0
#define DRIVERLIB_RELEASE_DAY 17
#define DRIVERLIB_RELEASE_MONTH 2
#define DRIVERLIB_RELEASE_YEAR 2016
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __DRIVERLIB_VERSION_H__

491
driverlib/wdt.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,491 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// wdt.c
//
// Driver for the Watchdog Timer Module.
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! \addtogroup WDT_Watchdog_Timer_api
//! @{
//
//*****************************************************************************
#include "inc/hw_ints.h"
#include "inc/hw_memmap.h"
#include "inc/hw_types.h"
#include "inc/hw_wdt.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "interrupt.h"
#include "wdt.h"
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Determines if the watchdog timer is enabled.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//!
//! This will check to see if the watchdog timer is enabled.
//!
//! \return Returns \b true if the watchdog timer is enabled, and \b false
//! if it is not.
//
//*****************************************************************************
tBoolean
WatchdogRunning(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// See if the watchdog timer module is enabled, and return.
//
return(HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_CTL) & WDT_CTL_INTEN);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables the watchdog timer.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//!
//! This will enable the watchdog timer counter and interrupt.
//!
//! \note This function will have no effect if the watchdog timer has
//! been locked.
//!
//! \sa WatchdogLock(), WatchdogUnlock()
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
WatchdogEnable(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Enable the watchdog timer module.
//
HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_CTL) |= WDT_CTL_INTEN;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables the watchdog timer lock mechanism.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//!
//! Locks out write access to the watchdog timer configuration registers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
WatchdogLock(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Lock out watchdog register writes. Writing anything to the WDT_O_LOCK
// register causes the lock to go into effect.
//
HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_LOCK) = WDT_LOCK_LOCKED;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables the watchdog timer lock mechanism.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//!
//! Enables write access to the watchdog timer configuration registers.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
WatchdogUnlock(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Unlock watchdog register writes.
//
HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_LOCK) = WDT_LOCK_UNLOCK;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the state of the watchdog timer lock mechanism.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//!
//! Returns the lock state of the watchdog timer registers.
//!
//! \return Returns \b true if the watchdog timer registers are locked, and
//! \b false if they are not locked.
//
//*****************************************************************************
tBoolean
WatchdogLockState(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Get the lock state.
//
return((HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_LOCK) == WDT_LOCK_LOCKED) ? true : false);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Sets the watchdog timer reload value.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//! \param ulLoadVal is the load value for the watchdog timer.
//!
//! This function sets the value to load into the watchdog timer when the count
//! reaches zero for the first time; if the watchdog timer is running when this
//! function is called, then the value will be immediately loaded into the
//! watchdog timer counter. If the \e ulLoadVal parameter is 0, then an
//! interrupt is immediately generated.
//!
//! \note This function will have no effect if the watchdog timer has
//! been locked.
//!
//! \sa WatchdogLock(), WatchdogUnlock(), WatchdogReloadGet()
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
WatchdogReloadSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulLoadVal)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Set the load register.
//
HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_LOAD) = ulLoadVal;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the watchdog timer reload value.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//!
//! This function gets the value that is loaded into the watchdog timer when
//! the count reaches zero for the first time.
//!
//! \sa WatchdogReloadSet()
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long
WatchdogReloadGet(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Get the load register.
//
return(HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_LOAD));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the current watchdog timer value.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//!
//! This function reads the current value of the watchdog timer.
//!
//! \return Returns the current value of the watchdog timer.
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long
WatchdogValueGet(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Get the current watchdog timer register value.
//
return(HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_VALUE));
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Registers an interrupt handler for watchdog timer interrupt.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//! \param pfnHandler is a pointer to the function to be called when the
//! watchdog timer interrupt occurs.
//!
//! This function does the actual registering of the interrupt handler. This
//! will enable the global interrupt in the interrupt controller; the watchdog
//! timer interrupt must be enabled via WatchdogEnable(). It is the interrupt
//! handler's responsibility to clear the interrupt source via
//! WatchdogIntClear().
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \note This function will only register the standard watchdog interrupt
//! handler. To register the NMI watchdog handler, use IntRegister()
//! to register the handler for the \b FAULT_NMI interrupt.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
WatchdogIntRegister(unsigned long ulBase, void (*pfnHandler)(void))
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Register the interrupt handler and
// Enable the watchdog timer interrupt.
//
IntRegister(INT_WDT, pfnHandler);
IntEnable(INT_WDT);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Unregisters an interrupt handler for the watchdog timer interrupt.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//!
//! This function does the actual unregistering of the interrupt handler. This
//! function will clear the handler to be called when a watchdog timer
//! interrupt occurs. This will also mask off the interrupt in the interrupt
//! controller so that the interrupt handler no longer is called.
//!
//! \sa IntRegister() for important information about registering interrupt
//! handlers.
//!
//! \note This function will only unregister the standard watchdog interrupt
//! handler. To unregister the NMI watchdog handler, use IntUnregister()
//! to unregister the handler for the \b FAULT_NMI interrupt.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
WatchdogIntUnregister(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Disable the interrupt
IntDisable(INT_WDT);
//
// Unregister the interrupt handler.
//
IntUnregister(INT_WDT);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Gets the current watchdog timer interrupt status.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//! \param bMasked is \b false if the raw interrupt status is required and
//! \b true if the masked interrupt status is required.
//!
//! This returns the interrupt status for the watchdog timer module. Either
//! the raw interrupt status or the status of interrupt that is allowed to
//! reflect to the processor can be returned.
//!
//! \return Returns the current interrupt status, where a 1 indicates that the
//! watchdog interrupt is active, and a 0 indicates that it is not active.
//
//*****************************************************************************
unsigned long
WatchdogIntStatus(unsigned long ulBase, tBoolean bMasked)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Return either the interrupt status or the raw interrupt status as
// requested.
//
if(bMasked)
{
return(HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_MIS));
}
else
{
return(HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_RIS));
}
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Clears the watchdog timer interrupt.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//!
//! The watchdog timer interrupt source is cleared, so that it no longer
//! asserts.
//!
//! \note Because there is a write buffer in the Cortex-M3 processor, it may
//! take several clock cycles before the interrupt source is actually cleared.
//! Therefore, it is recommended that the interrupt source be cleared early in
//! the interrupt handler (as opposed to the very last action) to avoid
//! returning from the interrupt handler before the interrupt source is
//! actually cleared. Failure to do so may result in the interrupt handler
//! being immediately reentered (because the interrupt controller still sees
//! the interrupt source asserted).
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
WatchdogIntClear(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Clear the interrupt source.
//
HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_ICR) = WDT_INT_TIMEOUT;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Enables stalling of the watchdog timer during debug events.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//!
//! This function allows the watchdog timer to stop counting when the processor
//! is stopped by the debugger. By doing so, the watchdog is prevented from
//! expiring (typically almost immediately from a human time perspective) and
//! resetting the system (if reset is enabled). The watchdog will instead
//! expired after the appropriate number of processor cycles have been executed
//! while debugging (or at the appropriate time after the processor has been
//! restarted).
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
WatchdogStallEnable(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Enable timer stalling.
//
HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_TEST) |= WDT_TEST_STALL;
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
//! Disables stalling of the watchdog timer during debug events.
//!
//! \param ulBase is the base address of the watchdog timer module.
//!
//! This function disables the debug mode stall of the watchdog timer. By
//! doing so, the watchdog timer continues to count regardless of the processor
//! debug state.
//!
//! \return None.
//
//*****************************************************************************
void
WatchdogStallDisable(unsigned long ulBase)
{
//
// Check the arguments.
//
ASSERT((ulBase == WDT_BASE));
//
// Disable timer stalling.
//
HWREG(ulBase + WDT_O_TEST) &= ~(WDT_TEST_STALL);
}
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Close the Doxygen group.
//! @}
//
//*****************************************************************************

82
driverlib/wdt.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
//*****************************************************************************
//
// wdt.h - Prototypes for the Watchdog Timer API
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
//
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of
// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifndef __WATCHDOG_H__
#define __WATCHDOG_H__
//*****************************************************************************
//
// If building with a C++ compiler, make all of the definitions in this header
// have a C binding.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Prototypes for the APIs.
//
//*****************************************************************************
extern tBoolean WatchdogRunning(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void WatchdogEnable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void WatchdogLock(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void WatchdogUnlock(unsigned long ulBase);
extern tBoolean WatchdogLockState(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void WatchdogReloadSet(unsigned long ulBase, unsigned long ulLoadVal);
extern unsigned long WatchdogReloadGet(unsigned long ulBase);
extern unsigned long WatchdogValueGet(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void WatchdogIntRegister(unsigned long ulBase, void(*pfnHandler)(void));
extern void WatchdogIntUnregister(unsigned long ulBase);
extern unsigned long WatchdogIntStatus(unsigned long ulBase, tBoolean bMasked);
extern void WatchdogIntClear(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void WatchdogStallEnable(unsigned long ulBase);
extern void WatchdogStallDisable(unsigned long ulBase);
//*****************************************************************************
//
// Mark the end of the C bindings section for C++ compilers.
//
//*****************************************************************************
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // __WATCHDOG_H__